1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
426                                         CorrectedStr);
427       II = NewII;
428     } else {
429       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
430       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
431       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
432         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
433           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
434           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
435                                           CorrectedStr);
436       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
437         bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
438                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
439         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
440             << II << DC << droppedSpecifier << CorrectedQuotedStr
441             << SS->getRange()
442             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
443                                             CorrectedStr);
444       }
445       else {
446         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
447       }
448 
449       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
450         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
451 
452       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
453                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
454                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
455                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
456     }
457     return true;
458   }
459 
460   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
461     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
462     UnqualifiedId Name;
463     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
464     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
465     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
466     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
467     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
468                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
469                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
470       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
471       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
472       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
473         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
474           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
475       }
476       return true;
477     }
478   }
479 
480   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
481   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
482 
483   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
484     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
485   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
486     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
487       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
488   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
489     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
490     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
491       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
492 
493     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
494       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
495       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
496       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
497     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
498                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
499   } else {
500     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
501            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
502   }
503 
504   return true;
505 }
506 
507 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
508 /// or
509 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
510   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
511                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
512 
513   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
514     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
515       return true;
516 
517     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
518       return true;
519   }
520 
521   return false;
522 }
523 
524 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
525                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
526                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
527                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
528   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
529   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
530   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
531     const char *TagName = 0;
532     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
533     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
534       case TTK_Class:
535         TagName = "class";
536         FixItTagName = "class ";
537         break;
538 
539       case TTK_Enum:
540         TagName = "enum";
541         FixItTagName = "enum ";
542         break;
543 
544       case TTK_Struct:
545         TagName = "struct";
546         FixItTagName = "struct ";
547         break;
548 
549       case TTK_Interface:
550         TagName = "__interface";
551         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
552         break;
553 
554       case TTK_Union:
555         TagName = "union";
556         FixItTagName = "union ";
557         break;
558     }
559 
560     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
561       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
562       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
563 
564     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
565          I != IEnd; ++I)
566       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
567         << Name << TagName;
568 
569     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
570     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
571     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
572     return true;
573   }
574 
575   return false;
576 }
577 
578 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
579 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
580                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
581   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
582 
583   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
584   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
585 
586   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
587   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
588   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
589   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
590   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
591 }
592 
593 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
594                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
595                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
596                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
597                                             const Token &NextToken,
598                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
599                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
600   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
601   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
602 
603   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
604     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
605                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
606 
607   }
608 
609   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
610   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
611 
612   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
613   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
614   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
615   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
616   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
617     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
618     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
619       return E;
620   }
621 
622   bool SecondTry = false;
623   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
624 
625 Corrected:
626   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
627   case LookupResult::NotFound:
628     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
629     // call.
630     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
631       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
632       // FIXME: Reference?
633       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
634         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
635 
636       // C90 6.3.2.2:
637       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
638       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
639       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
640       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
641       //   the function call, the declaration
642       //
643       //     extern int identifier ();
644       //
645       //   appeared.
646       //
647       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
648       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
649         Result.addDecl(D);
650         Result.resolveKind();
651         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
652       }
653     }
654 
655     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
656     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
657     // "struct", or "union".
658     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
659         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
660       break;
661     }
662 
663     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
664     // close to this name.
665     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
666       SecondTry = true;
667       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
668                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
669                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
670         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
671         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
672         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
673         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
674 
675         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
676         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
677           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
678         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
679             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
680           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
681           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
682         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
683                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
684                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
685                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
686           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
687           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
688         }
689 
690         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
691           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
692             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
693             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
694         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
695           bool droppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
696                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
697           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
698             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << droppedSpecifier
699             << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS.getRange()
700             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
701                                             CorrectedStr);
702         }
703 
704         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
705         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
706 
707         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
708         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
709           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
710 
711         // Also update the LookupResult...
712         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
713         Result.clear();
714         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
715         if (FirstDecl) {
716           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
717           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
718             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
719         }
720 
721         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
722         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
723         // reference the ivar.
724         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
725         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
726           Result.clear();
727           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
728           return E;
729         }
730 
731         goto Corrected;
732       }
733     }
734 
735     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
736     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
737     return NameClassification::Unknown();
738 
739   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
740     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
741     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
742     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
743 
744     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
745     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
746     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
747     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
748     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
749     //
750     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
751     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
752     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
753     // keyword here.
754     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
755                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
756                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
757   }
758 
759   case LookupResult::Found:
760   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
761   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
762     break;
763 
764   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
765     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
766         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
767       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
768       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
769       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
770       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
771       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
772       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
773       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
774       //   ambiguous.
775       //
776       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
777       // so try again after filtering out template names.
778       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
779       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
780         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
781         break;
782       }
783     }
784 
785     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
786     return NameClassification::Error();
787   }
788 
789   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
790       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
791     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
792     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
793     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
794     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
795     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
796     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
797     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
798       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
799 
800     if (!Result.empty()) {
801       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
802       bool IsVarTemplate;
803       TemplateName Template;
804       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
805         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
806         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
807                                                      Result.end());
808       } else {
809         TemplateDecl *TD
810           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
811         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
812         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
813 
814         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
815           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
816                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
817                                                       TD);
818         else
819           Template = TemplateName(TD);
820       }
821 
822       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
823         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
824         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
825         // to based on which function we selected.
826         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
827 
828         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
829       }
830 
831       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
832                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
833     }
834   }
835 
836   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
837   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
838     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
839     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
840     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
841       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
842     return ParsedType::make(T);
843   }
844 
845   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
846   if (!Class) {
847     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
848     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
849                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
850       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
851   }
852 
853   if (Class) {
854     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
855 
856     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
857       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
858       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
859       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
860       return NameClassification::Unknown();
861     }
862 
863     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
864     return ParsedType::make(T);
865   }
866 
867   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
868   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
869     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
870         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
871 
872   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
873   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
874   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
875   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
876        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
877       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
878     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
879     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
880     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
881     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
882       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
883     return ParsedType::make(T);
884   }
885 
886   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
887     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
888 
889   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
890   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
891 }
892 
893 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
894 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
895 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
896 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
897 
898   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
899   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
900   // the context we'll need to return to.
901   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
902     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
903 
904     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
905     // lexical context.
906     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
907       return DC;
908 
909     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
910     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
911     // class is the context we need to return to.
912     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
913       DC = RD;
914 
915     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
916     // declared in.
917     return DC;
918   }
919 
920   return DC->getLexicalParent();
921 }
922 
923 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
924   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
925       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
926   CurContext = DC;
927   S->setEntity(DC);
928 }
929 
930 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
931   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
932 
933   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
934   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
935 }
936 
937 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
938 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
939 ///
940 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
941   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
942   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
943   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
944   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
945   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
946   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
947   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
948   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
949   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
950   //   namespace.
951   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
952   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
953   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
954   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
955   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
956 
957   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
958 
959 #ifndef NDEBUG
960   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
961   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
962   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
963 #endif
964 
965   CurContext = DC;
966   S->setEntity(DC);
967 }
968 
969 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
970   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
971 
972   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
973   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
974   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
975   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
976   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
977 
978   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
979   // disappear.
980 }
981 
982 
983 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
984   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
985   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
986     // We assume that the caller has already called
987     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
988     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
989   }
990   if (!FD)
991     return;
992 
993   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
994   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
995   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
996     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
997   CurContext = FD;
998   S->setEntity(CurContext);
999 
1000   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1001     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1002     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1003     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1004       S->AddDecl(Param);
1005       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1006     }
1007   }
1008 }
1009 
1010 
1011 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1012   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1013   // rather than the top-level class.
1014   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1015   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1016   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1017 }
1018 
1019 
1020 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1021 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1022 ///
1023 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1024 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1025 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1026 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1027 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1028 /// attribute.
1029 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1030                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1031   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1032     return true;
1033 
1034   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1035     return true;
1036 
1037   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1038           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1039 }
1040 
1041 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1042 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1043   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1044   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1045   // scope.
1046   while (S->getEntity() &&
1047          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1048     S = S->getParent();
1049 
1050   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1051   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1052   // into any context.
1053   if (AddToContext)
1054     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1055 
1056   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1057   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1058   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1059       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1060       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1061         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1062     return;
1063 
1064   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1065   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1066       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1067     return;
1068 
1069   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1070   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1071                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1072   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1073     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1074       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1075       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1076 
1077       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1078       break;
1079     }
1080   }
1081 
1082   S->AddDecl(D);
1083 
1084   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1085     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1086     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1087     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1088     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1089       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1090       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1091         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1092           continue;
1093       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1094         break;
1095     }
1096 
1097     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1098   } else {
1099     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1100   }
1101 }
1102 
1103 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1104   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1105     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1106 }
1107 
1108 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1109                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1110   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1111                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1112 }
1113 
1114 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1115   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1116   do {
1117     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1118       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1119         return S;
1120   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1121 
1122   return 0;
1123 }
1124 
1125 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1126                                             DeclContext*,
1127                                             ASTContext&);
1128 
1129 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1130 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1131 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1132                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1133                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1134                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1135   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1136   while (F.hasNext()) {
1137     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1138 
1139     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1140       continue;
1141 
1142     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1143         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1144       continue;
1145 
1146     F.erase();
1147   }
1148 
1149   F.done();
1150 }
1151 
1152 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1153   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1154          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1155          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1156 }
1157 
1158 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1159 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1160   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1161   while (F.hasNext())
1162     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1163       F.erase();
1164 
1165   F.done();
1166 }
1167 
1168 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1169 /// @code
1170 /// class S {
1171 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1172 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1173 /// };
1174 /// @endcode
1175 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1176   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1177   // the decl here.
1178   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1179     return false;
1180 
1181   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1182     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1183   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1184     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1185   return false;
1186 }
1187 
1188 // We need this to handle
1189 //
1190 // typedef struct {
1191 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1192 // } A;
1193 //
1194 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1195 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1196 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1197 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1198 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1199 // not.
1200 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1201   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1202   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1203     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1204       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1205         return true;
1206     }
1207     DC = DC->getParent();
1208   }
1209 
1210   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1211 }
1212 
1213 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1214   assert(D);
1215 
1216   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1217     return false;
1218 
1219   // Ignore class templates.
1220   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1221       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1222     return false;
1223 
1224   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1225     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1226       return false;
1227 
1228     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1229       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1230         return false;
1231     } else {
1232       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1233       // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration,
1234       // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized
1235       // static template functions.
1236       if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1237           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1238         return false;
1239     }
1240 
1241     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1242         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1243       return false;
1244   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1245     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1246     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1247     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1248     // intended to be used.
1249     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1250     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1251         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1252         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1253         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1254       return false;
1255 
1256     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1257         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1258       return false;
1259 
1260   } else {
1261     return false;
1262   }
1263 
1264   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1265   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1266 }
1267 
1268 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1269   if (!D)
1270     return;
1271 
1272   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1273     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1274     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1275       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1276   }
1277 
1278   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1279     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1280     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1281       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1282   }
1283 
1284   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1285     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1286 }
1287 
1288 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1289   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1290     return false;
1291 
1292   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1293     return false;
1294 
1295   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1296     return true;
1297 
1298   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1299   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1300       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1301     return false;
1302 
1303   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1304   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1305 
1306     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1307     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1308 
1309     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1310     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1311       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1312         return false;
1313     }
1314 
1315     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1316     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1317     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1318       return false;
1319 
1320     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1321       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1322       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1323         return false;
1324 
1325       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1326         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1327           return false;
1328 
1329         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1330           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1331             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1332           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1333             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1334           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1335             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1336             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1337               return false;
1338           }
1339         }
1340       }
1341     }
1342 
1343     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1344   }
1345 
1346   return true;
1347 }
1348 
1349 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1350                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1351   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1352     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1353                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1354     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1355       return;
1356     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1357                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1358   }
1359   return;
1360 }
1361 
1362 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1363 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1364 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1365   FixItHint Hint;
1366   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1367     return;
1368 
1369   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1370 
1371   unsigned DiagID;
1372   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1373     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1374   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1375     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1376   else
1377     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1378 
1379   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1380 }
1381 
1382 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1383   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1384   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1385   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1386   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1387     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1388 }
1389 
1390 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1391   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1392   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1393          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1394 
1395   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1396        I != E; ++I) {
1397     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1398     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1399 
1400     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1401     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1402 
1403     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1404 
1405     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1406     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1407       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1408 
1409     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1410     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1411       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1412 
1413     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1414     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1415   }
1416 }
1417 
1418 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1419   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1420 }
1421 
1422 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1423   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1424   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1425 }
1426 
1427 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1428 ///
1429 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1430 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1431 /// to the fixed name.
1432 ///
1433 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1434 ///
1435 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1436 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1437 ///
1438 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1439 /// class could not be found.
1440 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1441                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1442                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1443   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1444   // creation from this context.
1445   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1446 
1447   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1448     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1449     // find an Objective-C class name.
1450     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1451     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1452                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1453                                        Validator)) {
1454       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1455       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1456         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1457         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1458       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1459         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1460 
1461       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1462     }
1463   }
1464   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1465   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1466   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1467       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1468   return Def;
1469 }
1470 
1471 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1472 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1473 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1474 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1475 /// ill-formed in C++:
1476 /// @code
1477 /// struct S6 {
1478 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1479 /// };
1480 ///
1481 /// void test_S6() {
1482 ///   struct S6 a;
1483 ///   a.e = BAR;
1484 /// }
1485 /// @endcode
1486 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1487 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1488 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1489 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1490 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1491 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1492 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1493 /// contain non-field names.
1494 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1495   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1496          (S->getEntity() &&
1497           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1498          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1499     S = S->getParent();
1500   return S;
1501 }
1502 
1503 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1504 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1505 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1506 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1507 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1508                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1509   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1510     return;
1511   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1512 
1513   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1514                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1515   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1516   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1517     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1518       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1519 }
1520 
1521 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1522 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1523 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1524 /// built-in.
1525 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1526                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1527                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1528   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1529 
1530   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1531 
1532   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1533   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1534   switch (Error) {
1535   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1536     // Okay
1537     break;
1538 
1539   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1540     if (ForRedeclaration)
1541       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1542         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1543     return 0;
1544 
1545   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1546     if (ForRedeclaration)
1547       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1548         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1549     return 0;
1550 
1551   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1552     if (ForRedeclaration)
1553       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1554         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1555     return 0;
1556   }
1557 
1558   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1559     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1560       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1561       << R;
1562     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1563         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1564           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1565       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1566         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1567         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1568   }
1569 
1570   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1571                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1572                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1573                                            SC_Extern,
1574                                            false,
1575                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1576   New->setImplicit();
1577 
1578   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1579   // FunctionDecl.
1580   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1581     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1582     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1583       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1584         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1585                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1586                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1587                             SC_None, 0);
1588       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1589       Params.push_back(parm);
1590     }
1591     New->setParams(Params);
1592   }
1593 
1594   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1595 
1596   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1597   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1598   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1599   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1600   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1601   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1602   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1603   CurContext = SavedContext;
1604   return New;
1605 }
1606 
1607 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1608 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1609 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1610 /// entity.
1611 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1612                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1613                                               LookupResult &previous){
1614   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1615   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1616     return;
1617 
1618   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1619   if (previous.empty())
1620     return;
1621 
1622   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1623   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1624     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1625 
1626     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1627     if (!old->isHidden())
1628       continue;
1629 
1630     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1631       filter.erase();
1632   }
1633 
1634   filter.done();
1635 }
1636 
1637 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1638   QualType OldType;
1639   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1640     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1641   else
1642     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1643   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1644 
1645   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1646     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1647     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1649       << Kind << NewType;
1650     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652     New->setInvalidDecl();
1653     return true;
1654   }
1655 
1656   if (OldType != NewType &&
1657       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1658       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1659       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1660     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1661     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1662       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1663     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1664       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1665     New->setInvalidDecl();
1666     return true;
1667   }
1668   return false;
1669 }
1670 
1671 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1672 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1673 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1674 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1675 ///
1676 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1677   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1678   // merging checks.
1679   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1680 
1681   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1682   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1683   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1684     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1685     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1686     default: break;
1687     case 2:
1688       {
1689         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1690           break;
1691         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1692         if (!T->isPointerType())
1693           break;
1694         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1695           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1696           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1697             break;
1698         }
1699         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1700         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1701         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1702         return;
1703       }
1704     case 5:
1705       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1706         break;
1707       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1708       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1709       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1710       return;
1711     case 3:
1712       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1713         break;
1714       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1715       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1716       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1717       return;
1718     }
1719     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1720   }
1721 
1722   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1723   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1724   if (!Old) {
1725     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1726       << New->getDeclName();
1727 
1728     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1729     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1730       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1731 
1732     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1733   }
1734 
1735   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1736   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1737     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1738 
1739   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1740   // with any extensions enabled.
1741   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1742     return;
1743 
1744   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1745   // declaration was a typedef.
1746   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1747     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1748 
1749   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1750 
1751   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1752     return;
1753 
1754   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1755     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1756     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1757     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1758     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1759     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1760       return;
1761 
1762     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1763     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1764     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1765     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1766     //
1767     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1768     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1769     //
1770     //   struct S {
1771     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1772     //   };
1773     //
1774     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1775     // allow the above but disallow
1776     //
1777     //   struct S {
1778     //     typedef int I;
1779     //     typedef int I;
1780     //   };
1781     //
1782     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1783     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1784       return;
1785 
1786     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1787       << New->getDeclName();
1788     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1789     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1790   }
1791 
1792   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1793   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1794     return;
1795 
1796   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1797   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1798   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1799   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1800   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1801       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1802        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1803     return;
1804 
1805   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1806     << New->getDeclName();
1807   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1808   return;
1809 }
1810 
1811 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1812 /// attribute.
1813 static bool
1814 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1815   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1816   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1817   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1818   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1819   if (AA)
1820     return false;
1821 
1822   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1823   switch (A->getKind()) {
1824     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1825     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1826     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1827     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1828     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1829     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1830     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1831     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1832     case attr::GuardedBy:
1833     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1834     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1835     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1836       return false;
1837     default:
1838       ;
1839   }
1840 
1841   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1842   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1843   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1844     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1845       if (Ann) {
1846         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1847           return true;
1848         continue;
1849       }
1850       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1851       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1852         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1853       return true;
1854     }
1855 
1856   return false;
1857 }
1858 
1859 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1860   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1861     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1862   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1863     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1864   return true;
1865 }
1866 
1867 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1868 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1869 ///
1870 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1871 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1872   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1873   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1874   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1875   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1876   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1877   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1878          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1879          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1880     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1881     // in a case like:
1882     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1883     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1884     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1885     // definition in such a case.
1886     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1887       return false;
1888 
1889     if (I->isAlignas())
1890       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1891 
1892     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1893     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1894       OldAlign = Align;
1895       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1896     }
1897   }
1898 
1899   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1900   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1901   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1902   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1903          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1904          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1905     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1906       return false;
1907 
1908     if (I->isAlignas())
1909       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1910 
1911     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1912     if (Align > NewAlign)
1913       NewAlign = Align;
1914   }
1915 
1916   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1917     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1918     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1919     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1920     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1921 
1922     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1923     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1924     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1925       QualType Ty;
1926       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1927         Ty = VD->getType();
1928       else
1929         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1930 
1931       if (OldAlign == 0)
1932         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1933       if (NewAlign == 0)
1934         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1935     }
1936 
1937     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1938       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1939         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1940         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1941       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1942     }
1943   }
1944 
1945   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1946     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1947     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1948     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1949     //   equivalent alignment.
1950     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1951     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1952     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1953     //   have no alignment specifier.
1954     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1955       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1956     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1957       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1958   }
1959 
1960   bool AnyAdded = false;
1961 
1962   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1963   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1964     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1965     Clone->setInherited(true);
1966     New->addAttr(Clone);
1967     AnyAdded = true;
1968   }
1969 
1970   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1971   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1972       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1973     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1974     Clone->setInherited(true);
1975     New->addAttr(Clone);
1976     AnyAdded = true;
1977   }
1978 
1979   return AnyAdded;
1980 }
1981 
1982 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1983                                bool Override) {
1984   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1985   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1986   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1987     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1988                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1989                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1990                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1991                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1992   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1993     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1994                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1995   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1996     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1997                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1998   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1999     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2000                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2001   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2002     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2003                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2004   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2005     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2006                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2007                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2008   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2009     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2010                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2011   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2012     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2013     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2014     NewAttr = 0;
2015   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2016     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2017 
2018   if (NewAttr) {
2019     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2020     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2021     return true;
2022   }
2023 
2024   return false;
2025 }
2026 
2027 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2028   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2029     return TD->getDefinition();
2030   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2031     return VD->getDefinition();
2032   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2033     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2034     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
2035       return Def;
2036   }
2037   return NULL;
2038 }
2039 
2040 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2041   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2042        I != E; ++I) {
2043     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2044     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2045       return true;
2046   }
2047   return false;
2048 }
2049 
2050 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2051 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2052 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2053   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2054     return;
2055 
2056   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2057   if (!Def || Def == New)
2058     return;
2059 
2060   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2061   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2062     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2063     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2064       ++I;
2065       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2066     }
2067 
2068     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2069       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2070       ++I;
2071       continue;
2072     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2073       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2074         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2075         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2076         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2077         //   equivalent alignment.
2078         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2079         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2080         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2081         //   have no alignment specifier.
2082         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2083           << AA->isC11();
2084         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2085           << AA->isC11();
2086         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2087         --E;
2088         continue;
2089       }
2090     }
2091 
2092     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2093            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2094     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2095     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2096     --E;
2097   }
2098 }
2099 
2100 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2101 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2102                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2103   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2104     return;
2105 
2106   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2107   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2108 
2109   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2110     return;
2111 
2112   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2113 
2114   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2115   // we process them.
2116   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2117 
2118   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2119          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2120          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2121        i != e; ++i) {
2122     bool Override = false;
2123     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2124     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2125         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2126         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2127       switch (AMK) {
2128       case AMK_None:
2129         continue;
2130 
2131       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2132         break;
2133 
2134       case AMK_Override:
2135         Override = true;
2136         break;
2137       }
2138     }
2139 
2140     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2141       foundAny = true;
2142   }
2143 
2144   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2145     foundAny = true;
2146 
2147   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2148 }
2149 
2150 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2151 /// to the new one.
2152 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2153                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2154                                      Sema &S) {
2155   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2156   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2157   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2158   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2159   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2160       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2161     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2162            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2163     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2164     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2165     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2166       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration();
2167     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2168       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2169     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2170            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2171   }
2172 
2173   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2174     return;
2175 
2176   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2177 
2178   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2179   // done before we process them.
2180   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2181 
2182   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2183        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2184        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2185     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2186       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2187         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2188       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2189       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2190       foundAny = true;
2191     }
2192   }
2193 
2194   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2195 }
2196 
2197 namespace {
2198 
2199 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2200 /// C.
2201 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2202   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2203   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2204   QualType PromotedType;
2205 };
2206 
2207 }
2208 
2209 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2210 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2211   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2212     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2213       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2214 
2215     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2216       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2217 
2218     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2219       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2220   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2221     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2222   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2223     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2224   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2225     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2226   }
2227 
2228   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2229 }
2230 
2231 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2232 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2233 /// GNU89 mode.
2234 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2235                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2236   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2237           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2238           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2239           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2240 }
2241 
2242 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
2243 /// declaration?
2244 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
2245   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
2246   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
2247     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
2248   } else {
2249     // Free C function or a static method.
2250     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
2251   }
2252   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
2253 }
2254 
2255 template <typename T>
2256 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2257   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2258   if (DC->isRecord())
2259     return false;
2260 
2261   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2262   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2263     return true;
2264   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2265     return true;
2266   return false;
2267 }
2268 
2269 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2270 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2271 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2272 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2273 ///
2274 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2275 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2276 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2277 /// merged with.
2278 ///
2279 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2280 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2281                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2282   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2283   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2284   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2285         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2286     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2287   else
2288     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2289   if (!Old) {
2290     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2291       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2292         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2293         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2294              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2295         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2296              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2297         return true;
2298       }
2299 
2300       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2301       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2302            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2303       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2304            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2305       return true;
2306     }
2307 
2308     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2309       << New->getDeclName();
2310     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2311     return true;
2312   }
2313 
2314   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2315   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2316     return true;
2317 
2318   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2319   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2320   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2321   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2322     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2323   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2324     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2325   else
2326     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2327 
2328   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2329   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2330 
2331   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2332   // is an extern inline function.
2333   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2334   // storage classes.
2335   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2336       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2337       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2338       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2339       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2340     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2341       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2342       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2343     } else {
2344       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2345       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2346       return true;
2347     }
2348   }
2349 
2350   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2351   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2352   // calling convention of the first.
2353   //
2354   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2355   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2356   //
2357   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2358   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2359   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2360   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2361   // because it is the default calling convention.
2362   //
2363   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2364   // other tests to run.
2365   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2366   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2367   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2368   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2369   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2370   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2371     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2372 
2373   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2374   // there but not here.
2375   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2376     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2377     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2378 
2379   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2380   // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct
2381   // information about storage class of CXXMethod.
2382   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2383              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) {
2384     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2385     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2386 
2387   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2388                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2389     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2390     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2391       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2392       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2393       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2394           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2395     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2396     return true;
2397   }
2398 
2399   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2400   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2401     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2402     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2403   }
2404 
2405   // Merge regparm attribute.
2406   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2407       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2408     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2409       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2410         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2411         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2412       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2413       return true;
2414     }
2415 
2416     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2417     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2418   }
2419 
2420   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2421   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2422     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2423       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2424       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2425       return true;
2426     }
2427 
2428     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2429     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2430   }
2431 
2432   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2433     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2434     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2435     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2436   }
2437 
2438   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2439   // UndefinedButUsed.
2440   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2441       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2442       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2443       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2444       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2445     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2446                                            SourceLocation()));
2447 
2448   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2449   // about it.
2450   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2451       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2452     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2453   }
2454 
2455   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2456     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2457     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2458     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2459     //        cannot be overloaded.
2460 
2461     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2462     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2463     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2464     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2465     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2466     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2467       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2468       : OldType)->getResultType();
2469     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2470       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2471       : NewType)->getResultType();
2472     QualType ResQT;
2473     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) {
2474       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2475           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2476         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2477       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2478         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2479           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2480                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2481         else
2482           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2483         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2484         return true;
2485       }
2486       else
2487         NewQType = ResQT;
2488     }
2489 
2490     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2491     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2492     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2493       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2494       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2495       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2496       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2497         New->setType(
2498             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2499                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2500                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2501         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2502             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2503                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2504                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2505       }
2506     }
2507 
2508     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2509     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2510     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2511       // Preserve triviality.
2512       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2513 
2514       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2515       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2516       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2517       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2518                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2519                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2520       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2521 
2522       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2523           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2524         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2525         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2526         //       is a static member function declaration.
2527         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2528           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2529           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2530           return true;
2531         }
2532 
2533         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2534         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2535         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2536         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2537         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2538           unsigned NewDiag;
2539           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2540             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2541           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2542             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2543           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2544             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2545           else
2546             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2547 
2548           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2549         } else {
2550           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2551             << New << New->getType();
2552         }
2553         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2554 
2555       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2556       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2557       //
2558       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2559       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2560       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2561         if (isFriend) {
2562           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2563         } else {
2564           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2565                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2566             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2567           return true;
2568         }
2569       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2570         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2571              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2572           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2573         return true;
2574       }
2575     }
2576 
2577     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2578     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2579     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2580     //   attribute.
2581     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2582         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2583       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2584            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2585       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2586            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2587     }
2588 
2589     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2590     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2591     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2592     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2593     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2594         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2595       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2596            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2597       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2598            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2599     }
2600 
2601     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2602     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2603     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2604     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2605 
2606     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2607     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2608     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2609       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2610       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2611         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2612       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2613       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2614     }
2615 
2616     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2617       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2618       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2619       return true;
2620     }
2621 
2622     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2623       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2624 
2625     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2626   }
2627 
2628   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2629   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2630   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2631       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2632     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2633     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2634     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2635     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2636         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2637       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2638       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2639       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2640       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2641                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2642       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2643                                          ParamTypes,
2644                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2645       New->setType(NewQType);
2646       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2647 
2648       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2649       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2650       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2651              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2652              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2653            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2654         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2655                                                  SourceLocation(),
2656                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2657                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2658                                                  SC_None,
2659                                                  0);
2660         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2661         Param->setImplicit();
2662         Params.push_back(Param);
2663       }
2664 
2665       New->setParams(Params);
2666     }
2667 
2668     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2669   }
2670 
2671   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2672   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2673   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2674   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2675   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2676   // the prototype.
2677   //
2678   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2679   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2680   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2681   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2682   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2683       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2684       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2685       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2686     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2687     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2688     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2689       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2690     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2691       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2692 
2693     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2694     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2695                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2696     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2697     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2698          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2699       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2700       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2701       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2702                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2703         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2704       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2705                                             NewParm->getType(),
2706                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2707         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2708           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2709         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2710         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2711       } else
2712         LooseCompatible = false;
2713     }
2714 
2715     if (LooseCompatible) {
2716       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2717         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2718              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2719           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2720           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2721         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2722           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2723                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2724       }
2725 
2726       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2727         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2728                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2729       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2730     }
2731 
2732     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2733   }
2734 
2735   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2736   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2737 
2738   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2739   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2740   unsigned BuiltinID;
2741   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2742     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2743     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2744     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2745       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2746       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2747         << Old << Old->getType();
2748 
2749       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2750       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2751       //
2752       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2753       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2754       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2755       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2756       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2757       if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2758         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2759 
2760       return false;
2761     }
2762 
2763     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2764   }
2765 
2766   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2767   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2768   return true;
2769 }
2770 
2771 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2772 /// known to be compatible.
2773 ///
2774 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2775 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2776 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2777 /// redeclaration of Old.
2778 ///
2779 /// \returns false
2780 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2781                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2782   // Merge the attributes
2783   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2784 
2785   // Merge "pure" flag.
2786   if (Old->isPure())
2787     New->setPure();
2788 
2789   // Merge "used" flag.
2790   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2791     New->setUsed();
2792 
2793   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2794   // declarations.
2795   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2796     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2797       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2798                                *this);
2799 
2800   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2801     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2802 
2803   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2804   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2805   // was visible.
2806   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2807   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2808     New->setType(Merged);
2809 
2810   return false;
2811 }
2812 
2813 
2814 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2815                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2816 
2817   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2818   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2819     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2820                                                    : AMK_Override;
2821   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2822 
2823   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2824   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2825                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2826   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2827          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2828        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2829     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2830 
2831   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2832 }
2833 
2834 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2835 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2836 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2837 ///
2838 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2839 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2840 /// is attached.
2841 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2842                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2843   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2844     return;
2845 
2846   QualType MergedT;
2847   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2848     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2849       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2850       return;
2851     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2852       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2853       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2854     }
2855     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2856     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2857     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2858     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2859     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2860     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2861              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2862       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2863       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2864       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2865                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2866         MergedT = New->getType();
2867     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2868              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2869       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2870       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2871       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2872                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2873         MergedT = Old->getType();
2874     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2875                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2876         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2877                                                         Old->getType());
2878     }
2879   } else {
2880     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2881   }
2882   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2883     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2884     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2885     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2886     // equivalent.
2887     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2888     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2889          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2890       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2891       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2892       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2893       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2894         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2895       return;
2896     }
2897 
2898     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2899     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2900     //
2901     //   extern int arr[];
2902     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2903     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2904     //
2905     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2906     // to diagnose it.
2907     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2908       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2909     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2910     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2911   }
2912 
2913   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2914   // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope.
2915   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2916     New->setType(MergedT);
2917 }
2918 
2919 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2920 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2921 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2922 ///
2923 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2924 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2925 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2926 ///
2927 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous,
2928                         bool IsVariableTemplate, bool MergeTypeWithPrevious) {
2929   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2930   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2931     return;
2932 
2933   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2934   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2935   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
2936       (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2937     if (IsVariableTemplate)
2938       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0;
2939     else
2940       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old;
2941   }
2942   if (!Old) {
2943     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2944       << New->getDeclName();
2945     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2946          diag::note_previous_definition);
2947     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2948   }
2949 
2950   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2951     return;
2952 
2953   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2954   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2955   //
2956   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2957   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2958     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2959       << New->getIdentifier();
2960     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2961     New->setInvalidDecl();
2962   }
2963 
2964   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2965   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2966   // declaration
2967   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2968       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2969       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2970     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2971     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2972     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2973     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2974   }
2975 
2976   // Merge the types.
2977   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, MergeTypeWithPrevious);
2978   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2979     return;
2980 
2981   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
2982   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2983       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2984       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
2985     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2986     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2987     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2988   }
2989   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2990   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2991   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2992   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2993   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2994   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2995   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2996   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2997   //   identifier has external linkage.
2998   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2999     /* Okay */;
3000   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3001            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3002            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3003     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3004     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3005     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3006   }
3007 
3008   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3009   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3010       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3011     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3012     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3013     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3014   }
3015   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3016       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3017     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3018     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3019     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3020   }
3021 
3022   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3023 
3024   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3025   // need to check for mismatches.
3026   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3027       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3028       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3029         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3030     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3031     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3032     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3033   }
3034 
3035   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3036     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3037       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3038       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3039     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3040       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3041       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3042     } else {
3043       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3044       // static and dynamic initialization.
3045       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3046       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3047       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3048         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3049       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3050     }
3051   }
3052 
3053   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3054   const VarDecl *Def;
3055   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3056       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3057       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3058     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3059     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3060     New->setInvalidDecl();
3061     return;
3062   }
3063 
3064   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3065     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3066     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3067     New->setInvalidDecl();
3068     return;
3069   }
3070 
3071   // Merge "used" flag.
3072   if (Old->isUsed(false))
3073     New->setUsed();
3074 
3075   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3076   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
3077 
3078   // Inherit access appropriately.
3079   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3080 }
3081 
3082 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3083 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3084 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3085                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3086   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3087 }
3088 
3089 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3090   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3091     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3092     // it is anonymous.
3093     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3094       return;
3095     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3096         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3097     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3098     return;
3099   }
3100 
3101   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3102   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3103   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3104           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3105                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3106     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3107   }
3108 }
3109 
3110 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3111 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3112 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3113 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3114                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3115                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3116                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3117   Decl *TagD = 0;
3118   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3119   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3120       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3121       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3122       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3123       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3124     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3125 
3126     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3127       return 0;
3128 
3129     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3130     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3131     // it's a Type.
3132     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3133       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3134     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3135       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3136   }
3137 
3138   if (Tag) {
3139     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3140     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3141     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3142       return Tag;
3143   }
3144 
3145   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3146     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3147     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3148     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3149       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3150            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3151            << DS.getSourceRange();
3152   }
3153 
3154   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3155     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3156     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3157     if (Tag)
3158       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3159         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3160             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3161             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3162             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3163     else
3164       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3165     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3166     return TagD;
3167   }
3168 
3169   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3170 
3171   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3172     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3173     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3174     if (TagD && !Tag)
3175       return 0;
3176     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3177   }
3178 
3179   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3180   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3181     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3182   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3183       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3184     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3185     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3186     // or an explicit specialization.
3187     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3188     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3189       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3190           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3191           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3192           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3193       << SS.getRange();
3194     return 0;
3195   }
3196 
3197   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3198   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3199 
3200   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3201   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3202     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3203         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3204       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3205           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3206         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3207 
3208       DeclaresAnything = false;
3209     }
3210   }
3211 
3212   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3213   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3214       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3215       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3216     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3217     //   struct STRUCT;
3218     // and
3219     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3220     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3221     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3222         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3223          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3224       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3225         << DS.getSourceRange();
3226       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3227     }
3228   }
3229 
3230   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3231   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3232       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3233     return TagD;
3234 
3235   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3236       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3237     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3238       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3239           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3240         DeclaresAnything = false;
3241 
3242   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3243     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3244     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3245       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3246         << DS.getSourceRange();
3247     else
3248       DeclaresAnything = false;
3249   }
3250 
3251   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3252       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3253     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3254       << Tag->getTagKind()
3255       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3256 
3257   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3258 
3259   // C 6.7/2:
3260   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3261   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3262   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3263   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3264   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3265   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3266   //   previous declaration.
3267   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3268     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3269     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3270     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3271     return TagD;
3272   }
3273 
3274   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3275   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3276   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3277   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3278   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3279   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3280   //
3281   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3282   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3283   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3284     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3285 
3286   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3287   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3288   // useless.
3289   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3290     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3291       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3292         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3293 
3294   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3295     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3296       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3297   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3298     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3299       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3300     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3301       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3302     // Restrict is covered above.
3303     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3304       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3305   }
3306 
3307   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3308   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3309   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3310   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3311     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3312     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3313         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3314         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3315         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3316         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3317       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3318       while (attrs) {
3319         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3320         << attrs->getName()
3321         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3322             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3323             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3324             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3325         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3326       }
3327     }
3328   }
3329 
3330   return TagD;
3331 }
3332 
3333 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3334 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3335 ///
3336 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3337 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3338                                          Scope *S,
3339                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3340                                          DeclarationName Name,
3341                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3342                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3343   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3344                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3345   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3346 
3347   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3348     return false;
3349 
3350   // Pick a representative declaration.
3351   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3352   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3353 
3354   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3355     return false;
3356 
3357   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3358   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3359 
3360   return true;
3361 }
3362 
3363 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3364 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3365 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3366 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3367 /// struct, e.g.,
3368 ///
3369 /// @code
3370 /// union {
3371 ///   int i;
3372 ///   float f;
3373 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3374 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3375 /// @endcode
3376 ///
3377 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3378 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3379 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3380                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3381                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3382                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3383                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3384                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3385   unsigned diagKind
3386     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3387                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3388 
3389   bool Invalid = false;
3390 
3391   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3392   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3393                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3394        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3395     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3396         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3397       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3398       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3399                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3400         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3401         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3402         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3403         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3404         Invalid = true;
3405       } else {
3406         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3407         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3408         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3409         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3410         //   anonymous union is declared.
3411         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3412         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3413           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3414                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3415             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3416         else
3417           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3418 
3419         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3420         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3421           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3422         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3423           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3424 
3425         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3426           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3427                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3428                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3429 
3430         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3431         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3432         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3433 
3434         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3435         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3436 
3437         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3438       }
3439     }
3440   }
3441 
3442   return Invalid;
3443 }
3444 
3445 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3446 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3447 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3448 static StorageClass
3449 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3450   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3451   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3452          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3453   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3454   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3455   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3456     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3457       return SC_None;
3458     return SC_Extern;
3459   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3460   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3461   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3462   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3463     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3464   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3465   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3466   }
3467   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3468 }
3469 
3470 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3471 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3472 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3473 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3474 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3475                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3476                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3477   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3478 
3479   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3480   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3481     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3482   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3483     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3484   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3485     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3486 
3487   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3488   // structs/unions.
3489   bool Invalid = false;
3490   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3491     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3492     unsigned DiagID;
3493     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3494       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3495       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3496       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3497       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3498           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3499            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3500             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3501         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3502           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3503 
3504         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3505         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3506                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3507       }
3508       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3509       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3510       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3511       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3512                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3513         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3514              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3515           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3516 
3517         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3518         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3519                                SourceLocation(),
3520                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3521       }
3522     }
3523 
3524     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3525     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3526       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3527         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3528           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3529           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3530       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3531         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3532              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3533           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3534           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3535       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3536         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3537              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3538           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3539           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3540       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3541         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3542              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3543           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3544           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3545 
3546       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3547     }
3548 
3549     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3550     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3551     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3552     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3553     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3554                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3555          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3556       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3557         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3558         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3559         //   members (clause 11).
3560         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3561         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3562           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3563             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3564           Invalid = true;
3565         }
3566 
3567         // C++ [class.union]p1
3568         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3569         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3570         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3571         //   array of such objects.
3572         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3573           Invalid = true;
3574       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3575         // Any implicit members are fine.
3576       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3577         // This is a type that showed up in an
3578         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3579         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3580         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3581       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3582         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3583             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3584           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3585           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3586             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3587               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3588           else {
3589             // This is a nested type declaration.
3590             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3591               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3592             Invalid = true;
3593           }
3594         } else {
3595           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3596           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3597           // not part of standard C++.
3598           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3599                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3600             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3601         }
3602       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3603         // Any access specifier is fine.
3604       } else {
3605         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3606         // member. Complain about it.
3607         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3608         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3609           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3610         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3611           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3612         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3613           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3614 
3615         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3616         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3617             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3618           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3619             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3620         else {
3621           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3622               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3623           Invalid = true;
3624         }
3625       }
3626     }
3627   }
3628 
3629   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3630     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3631       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3632     Invalid = true;
3633   }
3634 
3635   // Mock up a declarator.
3636   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3637   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3638   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3639 
3640   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3641   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3642   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3643     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3644                              DS.getLocStart(),
3645                              Record->getLocation(),
3646                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3647                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3648                              TInfo,
3649                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3650                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3651     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3652     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3653       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3654   } else {
3655     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3656     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3657     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3658       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3659       // an error here
3660       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3661       Invalid = true;
3662       SC = SC_None;
3663     }
3664 
3665     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3666                            DS.getLocStart(),
3667                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3668                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3669                            TInfo, SC);
3670 
3671     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3672     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3673     // initializer:
3674     //   union { int n = 0; };
3675     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3676   }
3677   Anon->setImplicit();
3678 
3679   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3680   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3681   // its members.
3682   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3683 
3684   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3685   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3686   // purposes.
3687   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3688   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3689 
3690   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3691                                           Chain, false))
3692     Invalid = true;
3693 
3694   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3695   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3696   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3697   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3698   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3699   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3700   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3701 
3702   if (Invalid)
3703     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3704 
3705   return Anon;
3706 }
3707 
3708 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3709 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3710 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3711 /// Example:
3712 ///
3713 /// struct A { int a; };
3714 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3715 ///
3716 /// void foo() {
3717 ///   B var;
3718 ///   var.a = 3;
3719 /// }
3720 ///
3721 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3722                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3723 
3724   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3725   if (!Record)
3726     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3727 
3728   // Mock up a declarator.
3729   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3730   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3731   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3732 
3733   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3734   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3735                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3736                              DS.getLocStart(),
3737                              DS.getLocStart(),
3738                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3739                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3740                              TInfo,
3741                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3742                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3743   Anon->setImplicit();
3744 
3745   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3746   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3747 
3748   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3749   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3750   // purposes.
3751   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3752   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3753 
3754   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3755   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3756                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3757                                                         Chain, true))
3758     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3759 
3760   return Anon;
3761 }
3762 
3763 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3764 /// given Declarator.
3765 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3766   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3767 }
3768 
3769 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3770 DeclarationNameInfo
3771 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3772   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3773   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3774 
3775   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3776 
3777   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3778   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3779     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3780     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3781     return NameInfo;
3782 
3783   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3784     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3785                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3786     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3787     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3788       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3789     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3790       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3791     return NameInfo;
3792 
3793   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3794     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3795                                                            Name.Identifier));
3796     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3797     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3798     return NameInfo;
3799 
3800   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3801     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3802     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3803     if (Ty.isNull())
3804       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3805     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3806                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3807     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3808     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3809     return NameInfo;
3810   }
3811 
3812   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3813     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3814     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3815     if (Ty.isNull())
3816       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3817     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3818                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3819     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3820     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3821     return NameInfo;
3822   }
3823 
3824   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3825     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3826     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3827     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3828     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3829     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3830       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3831 
3832     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3833     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3834 
3835     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3836     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3837     // was qualified.
3838 
3839     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3840                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3841     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3842     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3843     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3844     return NameInfo;
3845   }
3846 
3847   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3848     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3849     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3850     if (Ty.isNull())
3851       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3852     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3853                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3854     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3855     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3856     return NameInfo;
3857   }
3858 
3859   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3860     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3861     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3862     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3863   }
3864 
3865   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3866 
3867   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3868 }
3869 
3870 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3871   do {
3872     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3873       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3874     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3875       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3876     else
3877       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3878   } while (true);
3879 }
3880 
3881 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3882 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3883 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3884 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3885 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3886 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3887 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3888 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3889                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3890                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3891                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3892   Params.clear();
3893   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3894     return false;
3895   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3896     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3897     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3898 
3899     // The parameter types are identical
3900     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3901       continue;
3902 
3903     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3904     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3905     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3906     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3907 
3908     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3909         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3910       Params.push_back(Idx);
3911     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3912       return false;
3913   }
3914 
3915   return true;
3916 }
3917 
3918 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3919 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3920 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3921 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3922 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3923 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3924                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3925   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3926   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3927   //   - types which will become injected class names
3928   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3929   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3930   // few cases here.
3931 
3932   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3933   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3934   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3935   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3936   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3937   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3938     // Grab the type from the parser.
3939     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3940     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3941     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3942 
3943     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3944     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3945     // attached already.
3946     if (!TSI)
3947       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3948 
3949     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3950     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3951     if (!TSI) return true;
3952 
3953     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3954     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3955     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3956     break;
3957   }
3958 
3959   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3960   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3961     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3962     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3963     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3964     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3965     break;
3966   }
3967 
3968   default:
3969     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3970     break;
3971   }
3972 
3973   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3974   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3975     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3976 
3977     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3978     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3979     // pointer.
3980     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3981       continue;
3982 
3983     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3984     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3985     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3986       return true;
3987   }
3988 
3989   return false;
3990 }
3991 
3992 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3993   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3994   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3995 
3996   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3997       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3998     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3999 
4000   return Dcl;
4001 }
4002 
4003 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4004 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4005 ///   name different from T:
4006 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4007 ///     - every member function of class T
4008 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4009 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4010 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4011                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4012   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4013 
4014   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4015     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4016       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4017       return true;
4018     }
4019 
4020   return false;
4021 }
4022 
4023 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4024 /// nested-name-specifier.
4025 ///
4026 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4027 ///
4028 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4029 /// resolves.
4030 ///
4031 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4032 ///
4033 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4034 ///
4035 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4036 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4037                                         DeclarationName Name,
4038                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
4039   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4040   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4041     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4042 
4043   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4044   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
4045   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
4046   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
4047   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
4048   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
4049   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
4050   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
4051 
4052   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4053   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
4054   //
4055   // class X {
4056   //   void X::f();
4057   // };
4058   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4059     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4060                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4061       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4062     SS.clear();
4063     return false;
4064   }
4065 
4066   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4067   // declaration.
4068   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4069     if (Cur->isRecord())
4070       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4071         << Name << SS.getRange();
4072     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4073       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4074         << Name << SS.getRange();
4075     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4076       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4077         << Name << SS.getRange();
4078     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4079       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4080         << Name << SS.getRange();
4081     else
4082       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4083       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4084 
4085     return true;
4086   }
4087 
4088   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4089     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4090     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4091       << Name << SS.getRange();
4092     SS.clear();
4093 
4094     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4095     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4096     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4097     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4098          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4099         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4100                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4101       return true;
4102 
4103     return false;
4104   }
4105 
4106   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4107   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4108   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4109   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4110   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4111     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4112   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4113         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4114     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4115       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4116 
4117   return false;
4118 }
4119 
4120 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4121                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4122   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4123   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4124   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4125 
4126   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4127   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4128   if (!Name) {
4129     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4130       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4131            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4132         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4133     return 0;
4134   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4135     return 0;
4136 
4137   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4138   // we find one that is.
4139   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4140          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4141     S = S->getParent();
4142 
4143   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4144   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4145     D.setInvalidType();
4146   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4147     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4148                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4149       return 0;
4150 
4151     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4152     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4153     if (!DC) {
4154       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4155       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4156       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4157       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4158       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4159            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4160         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4161         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4162       return 0;
4163     }
4164     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4165 
4166     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4167         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4168       return 0;
4169 
4170     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4171       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4172            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4173         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4174       D.setInvalidType();
4175     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4176       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4177                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4178         if (DC->isRecord())
4179           return 0;
4180 
4181         D.setInvalidType();
4182       }
4183     }
4184 
4185     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4186     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4187     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4188         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4189       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4190       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4191         D.setInvalidType();
4192     }
4193   }
4194 
4195   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4196     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4197     // Just return early; it's safer.
4198     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4199       return 0;
4200 
4201   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4202   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4203 
4204   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4205                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4206     D.setInvalidType();
4207 
4208   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4209                         ForRedeclaration);
4210 
4211   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4212   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4213     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4214     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4215 
4216     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4217     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4218     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4219     //
4220     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4221     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4222     // the same name.
4223     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4224       /* Do nothing*/;
4225     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4226              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4227               R->isFunctionType())) {
4228       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4229       CreateBuiltins =
4230           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4231     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4232                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4233       CreateBuiltins = true;
4234 
4235     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4236       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4237 
4238     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4239   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4240     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4241 
4242     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4243     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4244     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4245     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4246     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4247     //  thereof; [...]
4248     //
4249     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4250     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4251     // we want to match. For example, given:
4252     //
4253     //   class X {
4254     //     void f();
4255     //     void f(float);
4256     //   };
4257     //
4258     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4259     //
4260     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4261     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4262     // matches.
4263 
4264     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4265     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4266     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4267     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4268     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4269   }
4270 
4271   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4272       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4273     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4274     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4275       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4276                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4277 
4278     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4279     Previous.clear();
4280   }
4281 
4282   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4283   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4284   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4285   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4286   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4287       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4288     Previous.clear();
4289 
4290   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4291   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4293     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4294 
4295   NamedDecl *New;
4296 
4297   bool AddToScope = true;
4298   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4299     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4300       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4301       return 0;
4302     }
4303 
4304     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4305   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4306     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4307                                   TemplateParamLists,
4308                                   AddToScope);
4309   } else {
4310     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4311                                   AddToScope);
4312   }
4313 
4314   if (New == 0)
4315     return 0;
4316 
4317   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4318   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4319   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4320        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
4321     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
4322 
4323   return New;
4324 }
4325 
4326 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4327 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4328 /// GCC compatibility).
4329 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4330                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4331                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4332                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4333   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4334   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4335   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4336   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4337   SizeIsNegative = false;
4338   Oversized = 0;
4339 
4340   if (T->isDependentType())
4341     return QualType();
4342 
4343   QualifierCollector Qs;
4344   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4345 
4346   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4347     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4348     QualType FixedType =
4349         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4350                                             Oversized);
4351     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4352     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4353     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4354   }
4355   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4356     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4357     QualType FixedType =
4358         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4359                                             Oversized);
4360     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4361     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4362     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4363   }
4364 
4365   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4366   if (!VLATy)
4367     return QualType();
4368   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4369   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4370     return QualType();
4371 
4372   llvm::APSInt Res;
4373   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4374       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4375     return QualType();
4376 
4377   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4378   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4379     SizeIsNegative = true;
4380     return QualType();
4381   }
4382 
4383   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4384   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4385     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4386                                               Res);
4387   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4388     Oversized = Res;
4389     return QualType();
4390   }
4391 
4392   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4393                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4394 }
4395 
4396 static void
4397 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4398   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4399     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4400     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4401                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4402     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4403     return;
4404   }
4405   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4406     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4407     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4408                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4409     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4410     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4411     return;
4412   }
4413   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4414   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4415   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4416   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4417   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4418   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4419   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4420   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4421 }
4422 
4423 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4424 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4425 /// GCC compatibility).
4426 static TypeSourceInfo*
4427 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4428                                               ASTContext &Context,
4429                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4430                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4431   QualType FixedTy
4432     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4433                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4434   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4435     return 0;
4436   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4437   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4438                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4439   return FixedTInfo;
4440 }
4441 
4442 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4443 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4444 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4445 /// function-scope declarations.
4446 void
4447 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4448   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4449       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4450     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4451     return;
4452 
4453   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4454   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4455   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4456   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4457 }
4458 
4459 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4460   if (ExternalSource) {
4461     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4462     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4463     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4464     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4465     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4466       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4467         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4468       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4469         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4470     }
4471   }
4472 
4473   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4474   return D ? cast<NamedDecl>(D->getMostRecentDecl()) : 0;
4475 }
4476 
4477 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4478 /// does not identify a function.
4479 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4480   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4481   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4482   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4483     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4484          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4485 
4486   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4487     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4488          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4489 
4490   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4491     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4492          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4493 
4494   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4495     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4496          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4497 }
4498 
4499 NamedDecl*
4500 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4501                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4502   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4503   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4504     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4505       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4506     D.setInvalidType();
4507     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4508     DC = CurContext;
4509     Previous.clear();
4510   }
4511 
4512   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4513 
4514   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4515     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4516       << 1;
4517 
4518   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4519     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4520       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4521     return 0;
4522   }
4523 
4524   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4525   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4526 
4527   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4528   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4529 
4530   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4531 
4532   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4533   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4534   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4535   return ND;
4536 }
4537 
4538 void
4539 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4540   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4541   // then it shall have block scope.
4542   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4543   // that redeclarations will match.
4544   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4545   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4546   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4547     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4548 
4549     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4550       bool SizeIsNegative;
4551       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4552       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4553         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4554                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4555                                                       Oversized);
4556       if (FixedTInfo) {
4557         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4558         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4559       } else {
4560         if (SizeIsNegative)
4561           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4562         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4563           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4564         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4565           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4566             << Oversized.toString(10);
4567         else
4568           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4569         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4570       }
4571     }
4572   }
4573 }
4574 
4575 
4576 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4577 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4578 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4579 NamedDecl*
4580 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4581                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4582   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4583   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4584   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4585                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4586   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4587   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4588     Redeclaration = true;
4589     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4590   }
4591 
4592   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4593   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4594     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4595         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4596       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4597         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4598       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4599         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4600       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4601         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4602       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4603         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4604     }
4605 
4606   return NewTD;
4607 }
4608 
4609 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4610 /// previous declaration.
4611 ///
4612 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4613 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4614 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4615 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4616 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4617 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4618 ///
4619 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4620 /// lookup
4621 ///
4622 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4623 /// declared.
4624 ///
4625 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4626 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4627 static bool
4628 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4629                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4630   if (!PrevDecl)
4631     return false;
4632 
4633   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4634     return false;
4635 
4636   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4637     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4638     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4639     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4640     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4641     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4642     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4643     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4644     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4645       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4646       return false;
4647 
4648     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4649     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4650       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4651       return false;
4652 
4653     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4654     // previous declarations.
4655     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4656     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4657 
4658     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4659     // isn't the same function.
4660     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4661       return false;
4662   }
4663 
4664   return true;
4665 }
4666 
4667 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4668   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4669   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4670   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4671 }
4672 
4673 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4674   QualType type = decl->getType();
4675   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4676   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4677     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4678     unsigned kind = -1U;
4679     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4680       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4681         kind = 0; // __block
4682       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4683         kind = 1; // global
4684     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4685       kind = 3; // ivar
4686     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4687       kind = 2; // field
4688     }
4689 
4690     if (kind != -1U) {
4691       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4692         << kind;
4693     }
4694   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4695     // Try to infer lifetime.
4696     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4697       return false;
4698 
4699     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4700     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4701     decl->setType(type);
4702   }
4703 
4704   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4705     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4706     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4707         var->getTLSKind()) {
4708       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4709         << var->getType();
4710       return true;
4711     }
4712   }
4713 
4714   return false;
4715 }
4716 
4717 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4718   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4719   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4720     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4721       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4722       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4723     }
4724   }
4725   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4726     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4727       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4728       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4729     }
4730   }
4731 
4732   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4733   // It does not apply to functions.
4734   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4735     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4736       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4737       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4738     }
4739   }
4740 }
4741 
4742 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4743 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4744 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4745 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4746   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4747 
4748   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4749   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4750 
4751   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4752   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4753     return false;
4754 
4755   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4756 
4757 #ifndef NDEBUG
4758   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4759   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4760   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4761   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4762   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4763 #endif
4764 
4765   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4766 
4767 #ifndef NDEBUG
4768   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4769 #endif
4770 
4771   return isC99Inline;
4772 }
4773 
4774 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4775 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4776 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4777 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4778 ///
4779 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4780 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4781 ///
4782 /// For instance:
4783 ///
4784 ///   auto x = []{};
4785 ///
4786 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4787 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4788 ///
4789 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4790 template<typename T>
4791 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4792   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4793     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4794     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4795       return false;
4796   }
4797   return D->isExternC();
4798 }
4799 
4800 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4801   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4802   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4803     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4804   if (DC->isFileContext())
4805     return true;
4806   if (DC->isRecord())
4807     return false;
4808   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4809 }
4810 
4811 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4812   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4813   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4814     return true;
4815   if (DC->isRecord())
4816     return false;
4817   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4818 }
4819 
4820 bool Sema::HandleVariableRedeclaration(Decl *D, CXXScopeSpec &SS) {
4821   // If this is a redeclaration of a variable template or a forward
4822   // declaration of a variable template partial specialization
4823   // with nested name specifier, complain.
4824 
4825   if (D && SS.isNotEmpty() &&
4826       (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4827        isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D))) {
4828     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_forward_var_nested_name_specifier)
4829       << isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(D) << SS.getRange();
4830     return true;
4831   }
4832   return false;
4833 }
4834 
4835 NamedDecl *
4836 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4837                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4838                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4839                               bool &AddToScope) {
4840   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4841   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4842 
4843   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4844   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4845     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4846 
4847   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4848     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4849     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4850     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4851       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4852       D.setInvalidType();
4853     }
4854   }
4855 
4856   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4857     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4858     // an error here
4859     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4860     D.setInvalidType();
4861     SC = SC_None;
4862   }
4863 
4864   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4865       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4866                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4867     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4868     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4869     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4870     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4871          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4872       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4873   }
4874 
4875   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4876   if (!II) {
4877     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4878       << Name;
4879     return 0;
4880   }
4881 
4882   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4883 
4884   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4885     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4886     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4887     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4888       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4889       // is a GNU extension.
4890       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4891         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4892       else
4893         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4894       D.setInvalidType();
4895     }
4896   }
4897 
4898   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4899     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4900     // OpenCL __local address space.
4901     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4902       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4903     }
4904 
4905     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4906     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4907     // space qualifiers.
4908     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4909       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4910       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4911     }
4912 
4913     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4914     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4915     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4916     // address space qualifiers.
4917     if (R->isEventT()) {
4918       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4919         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4920         D.setInvalidType();
4921       }
4922 
4923       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4924         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4925         D.setInvalidType();
4926       }
4927     }
4928   }
4929 
4930   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
4931   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
4932   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
4933   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
4934   bool Invalid = false; // TODO: Can we remove this (error-prone)?
4935   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0;
4936   VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0;
4937   VarDecl *NewVD;
4938   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4939     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4940                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4941                             R, TInfo, SC);
4942 
4943     if (D.isInvalidType())
4944       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4945   } else {
4946     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4947       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4948       switch (SC) {
4949       case SC_None:
4950         break;
4951       case SC_Static:
4952         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4953              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4954           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4955         break;
4956       case SC_Auto:
4957       case SC_Register:
4958       case SC_Extern:
4959         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
4960         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
4961         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
4962         // of class members
4963 
4964         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4965              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
4966           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4967         break;
4968       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4969         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
4970       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4971         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
4972       }
4973     }
4974 
4975     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4976       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4977         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4978           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4979                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4980             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4981 
4982         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4983         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4984         if (RD->isUnion())
4985           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4986                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4987                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4988                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4989         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4990         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4991           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4992                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4993             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4994       }
4995     }
4996 
4997     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
4998     if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end())
4999       PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5000     PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl);
5001 
5002     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5003     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5004     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5005         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5006         D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5007         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5008     if (TemplateParams) {
5009       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5010           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5011         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5012         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5013         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5014              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5015           << II
5016           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5017                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5018       } else {
5019         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5020         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5021              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5022                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5023                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5024 
5025         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5026           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5027           // Check that we can declare a specialization here
5028 
5029           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5030           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5031 
5032         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5033           // This is a template declaration.
5034           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5035 
5036           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5037           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5038             return 0;
5039 
5040           // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check
5041           // whether this is a valid redeclaration.
5042           if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))
5043             PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5044 
5045           if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5046             // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible.
5047             if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
5048                     TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5049                     /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
5050               return 0;
5051           } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5052             // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5053             DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5054 
5055             // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5056             PrevDecl = 0;
5057           } else if (PrevDecl) {
5058             // C++ [temp]p5:
5059             // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class
5060             // scope shall be unique in that scope.
5061             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
5062                 << Name;
5063             Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5064             return 0;
5065           }
5066 
5067           // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5068           // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5069           // template declaration.
5070           if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5071                   TemplateParams,
5072                   PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5073                                   : 0,
5074                   (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5075                    DC->isDependentContext())
5076                       ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5077                       : TPC_VarTemplate))
5078             Invalid = true;
5079 
5080           if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5081             // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining
5082             // the template out-of-line.
5083             if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
5084                 !PrevVarTemplate) {
5085               Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match)
5086                   << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true
5087                   << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5088               Invalid = true;
5089             }
5090           }
5091         }
5092       }
5093     } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5094       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5095 
5096       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5097       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5098       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5099       // too few of them).
5100       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5101       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5102       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5103           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5104           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5105                                         "template<> ");
5106       IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5107     }
5108 
5109     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5110       if (!PrevVarTemplate) {
5111         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template)
5112             << IsPartialSpecialization;
5113         return 0;
5114       }
5115 
5116       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5117           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5118               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5119               : SourceLocation();
5120       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5121           S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5122           IsPartialSpecialization);
5123       if (Res.isInvalid())
5124         return 0;
5125       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5126       AddToScope = false;
5127     } else
5128       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5129                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5130 
5131     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5132     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5133     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5134       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5135 
5136     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
5137       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5138 
5139     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5140 
5141     // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()?
5142     if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 &&
5143         (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) {
5144       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5145           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data());
5146     } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization ||
5147                (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 &&
5148                 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) {
5149       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5150                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
5151                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
5152     }
5153 
5154     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5155       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5156   }
5157 
5158   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5159   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5160   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5161 
5162   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5163     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5164       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5165       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5166       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5167       //   explicitly.
5168       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5169       //   'extern'.
5170       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5171           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5172           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5173         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5174       else
5175         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5176              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5177           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5178     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5179       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5180            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5181     else
5182       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5183   }
5184 
5185   // C99 6.7.4p3
5186   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5187   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5188   //   thread storage duration...
5189   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5190   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5191   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5192   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5193   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5194   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5195       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5196     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5197     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5198       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5199            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5200       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5201     }
5202   }
5203 
5204   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5205     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5206       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5207           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5208           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5209                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5210     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5211       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5212         << 2
5213         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5214     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5215       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5216         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5217         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5218         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5219     else
5220       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5221   }
5222 
5223   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5224   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5225 
5226   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5227     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5228 
5229   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5230     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5231     // storage [duration]."
5232     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5233         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5234          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5235       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5236     }
5237   }
5238 
5239   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5240   // retainable type.
5241   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5242     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5243 
5244   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5245   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5246     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5247     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5248     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5249     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5250       switch (SC) {
5251       case SC_None:
5252       case SC_Auto:
5253         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5254         break;
5255       case SC_Register:
5256         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5257           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5258         break;
5259       case SC_Static:
5260       case SC_Extern:
5261       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5262       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5263         break;
5264       }
5265     }
5266 
5267     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5268                                                 Context, Label));
5269   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5270     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5271       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5272     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5273       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5274       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5275     }
5276   }
5277 
5278   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5279   // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?).
5280   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5281     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5282 
5283   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5284   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5285   // declaration has linkage).
5286   FilterLookupForScope(
5287       Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5288       IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5289 
5290   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5291   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5292   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5293       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5294     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5295         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5296         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), DC, S, false));
5297 
5298   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5299     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5300   } else {
5301     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5302     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5303       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5304           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5305           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5306         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5307         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5308         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5309           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5310         Previous.clear();
5311         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5312       }
5313     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5314       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5315       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5316         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5317         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5318       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5319     }
5320 
5321     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5322       if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5323         LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D),
5324                               LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
5325         PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5326         D.setRedeclaration(
5327             CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl, IsVariableTemplate));
5328       } else
5329         D.setRedeclaration(
5330             CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, IsVariableTemplate));
5331     }
5332 
5333     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5334     // FIXME: Special treatment for static variable template members (?).
5335     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5336         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5337       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5338   }
5339 
5340   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5341   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5342 
5343   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5344   // the map of such variables.
5345   if (!NewVD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5346       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5347     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5348 
5349   if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5350     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5351     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5352             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5353                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5354       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5355     }
5356   }
5357 
5358   // If this is not a variable template, return it now.
5359   if (!IsVariableTemplate)
5360     return NewVD;
5361 
5362   // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5363   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate =
5364       VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5365                               TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate);
5366   NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5367 
5368   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
5369     NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5370 
5371   // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5372   // template, make a note of that.
5373   if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5374     NewTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5375 
5376   // Set the lexical context of this template
5377   NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5378   if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && NewVD->isOutOfLine())
5379     NewTemplate->setAccess(NewVD->getAccess());
5380 
5381   if (PrevVarTemplate)
5382     mergeDeclAttributes(NewVD, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5383 
5384   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
5385 
5386   PushOnScopeChains(NewTemplate, S);
5387   AddToScope = false;
5388 
5389   if (Invalid) {
5390     NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5391     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5392   }
5393 
5394   ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5395 
5396   return NewTemplate;
5397 }
5398 
5399 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5400 /// -Wshadow.
5401 ///
5402 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5403 /// scope.
5404 ///
5405 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5406 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5407 ///
5408 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5409   // Return if warning is ignored.
5410   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5411         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5412     return;
5413 
5414   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5415   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5416     return;
5417 
5418   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5419 
5420   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5421   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5422     return;
5423 
5424   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5425   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5426     return;
5427 
5428   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5429   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5430     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5431       if (MD->isStatic())
5432         return;
5433 
5434   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5435     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5436       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5437       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5438       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5439              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5440            I != E; ++I)
5441         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5442           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5443           break;
5444         }
5445     }
5446 
5447   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5448 
5449   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5450   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5451     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5452     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5453       return;
5454 
5455     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5456     // static data members from base classes?
5457 
5458     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5459     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5460     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5461   }
5462 
5463   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5464   unsigned Kind;
5465   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5466     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5467       Kind = 3; // field
5468     else
5469       Kind = 2; // static data member
5470   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5471     Kind = 1; // global
5472   else
5473     Kind = 0; // local
5474 
5475   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5476 
5477   // Emit warning and note.
5478   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5479   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5480 }
5481 
5482 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5483 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5484   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5485         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5486     return;
5487 
5488   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5489                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5490   LookupName(R, S);
5491   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5492 }
5493 
5494 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5495 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5496 template<typename T>
5497 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5498     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5499   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5500   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5501 
5502   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5503     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5504     // declaration.
5505     return false;
5506   }
5507 
5508   if (Prev) {
5509     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5510       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5511       // redeclaration.
5512       Previous.clear();
5513       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5514       return true;
5515     }
5516 
5517     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5518     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5519     // declaration.
5520     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5521       return false;
5522   } else {
5523     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5524     // translation unit which might conflict.
5525     if (IsGlobal) {
5526       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5527       IsGlobal = false;
5528       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5529            I != E; ++I) {
5530         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5531           Prev = *I;
5532           break;
5533         }
5534       }
5535     } else {
5536       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5537           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5538       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5539            I != E; ++I) {
5540         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5541           Prev = *I;
5542           break;
5543         }
5544         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5545         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5546         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5547         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5548         // diagnostic.
5549       }
5550     }
5551 
5552     if (!Prev)
5553       return false;
5554   }
5555 
5556   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5557   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5558   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5559   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5560     Prev = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
5561   else
5562     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDeclaration();
5563 
5564   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5565     << IsGlobal << ND;
5566   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5567     << IsGlobal;
5568   return false;
5569 }
5570 
5571 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5572 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5573 ///
5574 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5575 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5576 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5577 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5578 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5579 template<typename T>
5580 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5581                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5582   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5583     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5584     // variable declared in function scope.
5585     //
5586     // FIXME: The corresponding case in C++ does not work.  We should instead
5587     // set the semantic DC for an extern local variable to be the innermost
5588     // enclosing namespace, and ensure they are only found by redeclaration
5589     // lookup.
5590     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5591       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5592         Previous.clear();
5593         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5594         return true;
5595       }
5596     }
5597     return false;
5598   }
5599 
5600   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5601   // declaration.
5602   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5603     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5604 
5605   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5606   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5607   // in another scope.
5608   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5609     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5610 
5611   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5612   return false;
5613 }
5614 
5615 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5616   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5617   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5618     return;
5619 
5620   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5621   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5622 
5623   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5624   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5625     return;
5626 
5627   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5628     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5629       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5630     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5631     NewVD->setType(T);
5632   }
5633 
5634   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5635   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5636   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5637   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5638   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5639     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5640     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5641     return;
5642   }
5643 
5644   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5645   // __constant address space.
5646   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5647       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5648       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5649     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5650     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5651     return;
5652   }
5653 
5654   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5655   // scope.
5656   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5657       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5658     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5659     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5660     return;
5661   }
5662 
5663   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5664       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5665     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5666       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5667     else {
5668       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5669       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5670     }
5671   }
5672 
5673   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5674   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5675       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5676     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5677 
5678   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5679       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5680     bool SizeIsNegative;
5681     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5682     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5683       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5684                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5685     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5686       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5687       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5688       // int a[10][n];
5689       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5690 
5691       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5692         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5693         << SizeRange;
5694       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5695         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5696         << SizeRange;
5697       else
5698         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5699         << SizeRange;
5700       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5701       return;
5702     }
5703 
5704     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5705       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5706         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5707       else
5708         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5709       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5710       return;
5711     }
5712 
5713     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5714     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5715     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5716   }
5717 
5718   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5719     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5720     //                    of objects and functions.
5721     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5722       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5723         << T;
5724       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5725       return;
5726     }
5727   }
5728 
5729   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5730     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5731     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5732     return;
5733   }
5734 
5735   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5736     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5737     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5738     return;
5739   }
5740 
5741   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5742       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5743                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5744     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5745     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5746     return;
5747   }
5748 }
5749 
5750 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5751 /// declaration.
5752 ///
5753 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5754 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5755 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5756 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5757 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5758 ///
5759 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5760 ///
5761 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5762 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
5763                                     LookupResult &Previous,
5764                                     bool IsVariableTemplate) {
5765   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5766 
5767   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5768   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5769     return false;
5770 
5771   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5772   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5773   //
5774   // The actual standards text here is:
5775   //
5776   // C++11 [basic.link]p6:
5777   //   The name of a function declared in block scope and the name
5778   //   of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration
5779   //   have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity
5780   //   with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities
5781   //   declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the
5782   //   block scope declaration declares that same entity and
5783   //   receives the linkage of the previous declaration.
5784   //
5785   // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
5786   //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
5787   //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
5788   //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
5789   //
5790   // C11 6.2.7p4:
5791   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
5792   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
5793   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
5794   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
5795   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
5796   //
5797   // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to
5798   // update our understanding of the type according to declarations
5799   // not in scope (in C++) or not visible (in C).
5800   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious;
5801   if (Previous.empty() &&
5802       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5803     MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
5804   else
5805     MergeTypeWithPrevious =
5806         !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5807         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
5808          !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
5809 
5810   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5811   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5812 
5813   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5814     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, IsVariableTemplate, MergeTypeWithPrevious);
5815     return true;
5816   }
5817   return false;
5818 }
5819 
5820 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5821 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5822   Sema *S;
5823   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5824 };
5825 
5826 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5827 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5828 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5829 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5830                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5831                                  void *UserData) {
5832   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5833 
5834   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5835     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5836 
5837   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5838 
5839   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5840   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5841     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5842     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5843     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5844 
5845     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5846   }
5847 
5848   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5849        !Path.Decls.empty();
5850        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5851     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5852     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5853       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5854         return true;
5855     }
5856   }
5857 
5858   return false;
5859 }
5860 
5861 namespace {
5862   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5863 }
5864 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5865 /// overriden methods.
5866 ///
5867 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5868 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5869 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5870 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5871                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5872   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5873   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5874                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5875        I != E; ++I) {
5876     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5877     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5878     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5879     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5880         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5881         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5882       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5883   }
5884 }
5885 
5886 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5887 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5888 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5889   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5890   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5891   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5892   Data.Method = MD;
5893   Data.S = this;
5894   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5895   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5896   bool AddedAny = false;
5897   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5898     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5899          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5900       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5901         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5902         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5903             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5904             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5905             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5906           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5907           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5908           AddedAny = true;
5909         }
5910       }
5911     }
5912   }
5913 
5914   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5915     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5916   }
5917   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5918     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5919   }
5920 
5921   return AddedAny;
5922 }
5923 
5924 namespace {
5925   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5926   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5927   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5928     Scope *S;
5929     Declarator &D;
5930     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5931     bool AddToScope;
5932   };
5933 }
5934 
5935 namespace {
5936 
5937 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5938 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5939 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5940  public:
5941   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5942                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5943       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5944         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5945 
5946   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5947     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5948       return false;
5949 
5950     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5951     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5952                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5953          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5954       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5955 
5956       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5957           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5958         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5959           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5960           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5961             return true;
5962         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5963           return true;
5964         }
5965       }
5966     }
5967 
5968     return false;
5969   }
5970 
5971  private:
5972   ASTContext &Context;
5973   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5974   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5975 };
5976 
5977 }
5978 
5979 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5980 ///
5981 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5982 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5983 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5984 /// the same name.
5985 ///
5986 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5987 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5988 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5989     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5990     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
5991   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
5992   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5993   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5994   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5995   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5996   TypoCorrection Correction;
5997   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5998                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
5999   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6000                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6001                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6002                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6003 
6004   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6005   if (IsLocalFriend)
6006     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6007   else
6008     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6009   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6010          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6011   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6012   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6013                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6014   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6015     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6016          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6017       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6018       if (FD &&
6019           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6020         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6021         // involve a parameter
6022         unsigned ParamNum =
6023             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6024         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6025       }
6026     }
6027   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6028   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6029                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 0,
6030                  Validator, IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6031     // Trap errors.
6032     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6033 
6034     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6035     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6036                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6037     Previous.clear();
6038     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6039     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6040                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6041          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6042       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6043       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6044           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6045         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6046       }
6047     }
6048     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6049     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6050     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
6051     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6052     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6053         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6054         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6055         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6056         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6057     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
6058       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6059       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6060                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6061       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6062       Previous.clear();
6063       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6064       Result = NULL;
6065     } else {
6066       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
6067                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
6068            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6069         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
6070           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
6071       }
6072     }
6073     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
6074       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
6075       Correction = TypoCorrection();
6076     } else {
6077       DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6078                               : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest;
6079     }
6080   }
6081 
6082   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6083   if (Correction) {
6084     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
6085     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
6086     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
6087     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
6088     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
6089     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6090     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
6091       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
6092     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
6093         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
6094         << IsDefinition
6095         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
6096             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
6097   } else {
6098     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6099         << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6100   }
6101 
6102   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6103   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6104     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6105 
6106   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6107        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6108        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6109     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6110     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6111     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6112     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6113 
6114     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6115       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6116       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6117       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6118       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6119                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6120         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6121         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6122     } else if (Correction) {
6123       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
6124           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
6125     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6126       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6127           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6128     } else
6129       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6130                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6131                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6132   }
6133   return Result;
6134 }
6135 
6136 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6137                                                           Declarator &D) {
6138   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6139   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6140   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6141   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6142   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6143     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6144                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6145     D.setInvalidType();
6146     break;
6147   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6148   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6149     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6150       return SC_None;
6151     return SC_Extern;
6152   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6153     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6154       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6155       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6156       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6157       //   other than extern
6158       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6159       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6160                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6161       break;
6162     } else
6163       return SC_Static;
6164   }
6165   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6166   }
6167 
6168   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6169   return SC_None;
6170 }
6171 
6172 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6173                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6174                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6175                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6176                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6177   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6178   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6179 
6180   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6181   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6182 
6183   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6184     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6185     // prototype. This true when:
6186     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6187     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6188     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6189     bool HasPrototype =
6190       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6191       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6192 
6193     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6194                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6195                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6196                                  HasPrototype, false);
6197     if (D.isInvalidType())
6198       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6199 
6200     // Set the lexical context.
6201     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6202 
6203     return NewFD;
6204   }
6205 
6206   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6207   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6208 
6209   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6210   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6211   // the class has been completely parsed.
6212   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6213       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6214                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
6215                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6216                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6217     D.setInvalidType();
6218 
6219   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6220     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6221     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6222            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6223 
6224     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6225     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6226                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6227                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6228                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6229                                       isConstexpr);
6230 
6231   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6232     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6233     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6234       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6235       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6236       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6237                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6238                                         D.getLocStart(),
6239                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6240                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6241 
6242       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6243       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6244       // it yet.
6245       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6246           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6247           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6248         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6249       }
6250 
6251       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6252       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6253       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6254       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6255           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6256           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
6257         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6258       }
6259 
6260       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6261       return NewDD;
6262 
6263     } else {
6264       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6265       D.setInvalidType();
6266 
6267       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6268       // code path.
6269       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6270                                   D.getLocStart(),
6271                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6272                                   SC, isInline,
6273                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6274     }
6275 
6276   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6277     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6278       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6279            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6280       return 0;
6281     }
6282 
6283     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6284     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6285     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6286                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6287                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6288                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6289 
6290   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6291     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6292     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6293     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6294     // constructor if it has no return type).
6295     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6296         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6297       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6298         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6299         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6300       return 0;
6301     }
6302 
6303     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6304     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6305                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6306                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6307                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6308                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6309     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6310     return Ret;
6311   } else {
6312     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6313     // prototype. This true when:
6314     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6315     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6316                                 D.getLocStart(),
6317                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6318                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6319   }
6320 }
6321 
6322 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6323   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6324   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6325   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6326       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6327     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6328     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6329       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6330     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6331                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6332       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6333     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6334       << IsTypeAlias;
6335   }
6336 }
6337 
6338 enum OpenCLParamType {
6339   ValidKernelParam,
6340   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6341   PtrKernelParam,
6342   InvalidKernelParam,
6343   RecordKernelParam
6344 };
6345 
6346 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6347   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6348     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6349     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6350   }
6351 
6352   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6353   // be used as builtin types.
6354 
6355   if (PT->isImageType())
6356     return PtrKernelParam;
6357 
6358   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6359     return InvalidKernelParam;
6360 
6361   if (PT->isEventT())
6362     return InvalidKernelParam;
6363 
6364   if (PT->isHalfType())
6365     return InvalidKernelParam;
6366 
6367   if (PT->isRecordType())
6368     return RecordKernelParam;
6369 
6370   return ValidKernelParam;
6371 }
6372 
6373 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6374   Sema &S,
6375   Declarator &D,
6376   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6377   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6378   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6379 
6380   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6381   // used again
6382   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6383     return;
6384 
6385   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6386   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6387     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6388     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6389     // pointer to a pointer type.
6390     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6391     D.setInvalidType();
6392     return;
6393 
6394     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6395     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6396     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6397     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6398     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6399 
6400   case InvalidKernelParam:
6401     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6402     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6403     // of event_t type.
6404     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6405     D.setInvalidType();
6406     return;
6407 
6408   case PtrKernelParam:
6409   case ValidKernelParam:
6410     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6411     return;
6412 
6413   case RecordKernelParam:
6414     break;
6415   }
6416 
6417   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6418   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6419 
6420   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6421   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6422   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6423   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6424 
6425   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6426   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6427 
6428   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6429 
6430   do {
6431     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6432     if (!Next) {
6433       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6434       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6435       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6436         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6437 
6438       continue;
6439     }
6440 
6441     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6442     // field itself) to the history stack.
6443     const RecordDecl *RD;
6444     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6445       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6446       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6447     } else {
6448       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6449     }
6450 
6451     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6452     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6453 
6454     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6455            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6456       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6457       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6458 
6459       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6460         continue;
6461 
6462       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6463       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6464         continue;
6465 
6466       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6467         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6468         continue;
6469       }
6470 
6471       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6472       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6473       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6474       // union.
6475       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6476         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6477                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6478           << PT->isUnionType()
6479           << PT;
6480       } else {
6481         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6482       }
6483 
6484       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6485         << PD->getDeclName();
6486 
6487       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6488       // the offending field came from
6489       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6490              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6491         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6492         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6493           << OuterField->getType();
6494       }
6495 
6496       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6497         << QT->isPointerType()
6498         << QT;
6499       D.setInvalidType();
6500       return;
6501     }
6502   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6503 }
6504 
6505 NamedDecl*
6506 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6507                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6508                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6509                               bool &AddToScope) {
6510   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6511 
6512   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6513 
6514   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6515   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6516   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6517   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6518 
6519   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6520     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6521          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6522       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6523 
6524   bool isFriend = false;
6525   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6526   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6527   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6528 
6529   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6530   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6531   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6532 
6533   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6534 
6535   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6536                                               isVirtualOkay);
6537   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6538 
6539   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6540     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6541 
6542   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6543     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6544     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6545     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6546     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6547     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6548     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6549       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6550       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6551       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6552       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6553     }
6554 
6555     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6556     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6557     // return true).
6558     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6559           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6560       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6561         NewFD->setPure(true);
6562     }
6563 
6564     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6565     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6566     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6567     if (D.isInvalidType())
6568       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6569 
6570     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
6571     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
6572     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
6573     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6574 
6575     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6576     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6577     bool Invalid = false;
6578     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6579             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6580                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6581                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6582                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6583       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6584         // This is a function template
6585 
6586         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6587         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6588           return 0;
6589 
6590         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6591         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6592           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6593           return 0;
6594         }
6595 
6596         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6597         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6598         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6599         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6600           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6601           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6602             Invalid = true;
6603         }
6604 
6605 
6606         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6607                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6608                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6609                                                         NewFD);
6610         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6611         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6612 
6613         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6614         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6615           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6616                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6617                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6618         }
6619       } else {
6620         // This is a function template specialization.
6621         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6622         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6623         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6624                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6625                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6626 
6627         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6628         if (isFriend) {
6629           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6630           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6631 
6632           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6633           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6634           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6635           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6636           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6637           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6638           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6639             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6640             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6641           }
6642 
6643           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6644             << Name << RemoveRange
6645             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6646             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6647         }
6648       }
6649     }
6650     else {
6651       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6652       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6653       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6654         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6655         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6656                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6657                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6658     }
6659 
6660     if (Invalid) {
6661       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6662       if (FunctionTemplate)
6663         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6664     }
6665 
6666     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6667     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6668     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6669     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6670     //
6671     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6672       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6673         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6674              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6675       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6676         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6677         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6678              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6679           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6680       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6681         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6682         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6683         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6684              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6685           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6686       } else {
6687         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6688         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6689       }
6690 
6691       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6692           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6693         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6694     }
6695 
6696     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && NewFD->isDependentContext() &&
6697         NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6698       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6699       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6700       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6701       // thing to do.
6702       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6703           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6704       QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(),
6705                                        Context.DependentTy);
6706       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(),
6707                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6708     }
6709 
6710     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6711     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6712     //  declaration.
6713     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6714       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6715         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6716         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6717              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6718           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6719       }
6720     }
6721 
6722     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6723     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6724     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6725     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6726     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6727       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6728         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6729         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6730              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6731           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6732       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6733                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6734         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6735         // or conversion function.
6736         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6737              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6738           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6739       }
6740     }
6741 
6742     if (isConstexpr) {
6743       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6744       // are implicitly inline.
6745       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6746 
6747       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6748       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6749       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6750       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6751         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6752     }
6753 
6754     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6755     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6756       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6757         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6758           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6759         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6760           << 0
6761           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6762       } else {
6763         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6764         if (FunctionTemplate)
6765           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6766       }
6767     }
6768 
6769     if (isFriend) {
6770       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6771         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6772         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6773       }
6774       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6775       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6776     }
6777 
6778     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6779     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6780       case FDK_Declaration:
6781       case FDK_Definition:
6782         break;
6783 
6784       case FDK_Defaulted:
6785         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6786         break;
6787 
6788       case FDK_Deleted:
6789         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6790         break;
6791     }
6792 
6793     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6794         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6795       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6796       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6797       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6798       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6799     }
6800 
6801     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6802         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6803       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6804       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6805       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6806       //   the class.
6807 
6808       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6809       // member function definition.
6810       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6811            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6812         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6813     }
6814 
6815     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6816     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6817     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6818     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6819     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6820          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6821         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6822       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6823       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6824       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6825                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6826     }
6827   }
6828 
6829   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6830   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6831                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6832                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6833 
6834   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6835   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6836     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6837     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6838     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6839                                                 SE->getString()));
6840   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6841     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6842       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6843     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6844       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6845       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6846     }
6847   }
6848 
6849   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6850   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6851   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6852   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6853     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6854 
6855     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6856     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6857     // single void argument.
6858     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6859     // already checks for that case.
6860     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6861         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6862         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6863       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6864       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6865     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6866       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6867         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6868         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6869         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6870         Params.push_back(Param);
6871 
6872         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6873           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6874       }
6875     }
6876 
6877   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6878     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6879     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6880     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6881     //
6882     // @code
6883     // typedef void fn(int);
6884     // fn f;
6885     // @endcode
6886 
6887     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6888     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6889          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6890       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6891         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6892       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6893       Params.push_back(Param);
6894     }
6895   } else {
6896     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6897            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6898   }
6899 
6900   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6901   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6902 
6903   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6904   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6905   //
6906   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6907   //
6908   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6909   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6910   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6911 
6912   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6913     NewFD->addAttr(
6914         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6915                                        Context));
6916 
6917   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
6918   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6919                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
6920 
6921   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6922   // because all functions have linkage.
6923   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6924       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6925     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6926     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6927   }
6928 
6929   // Handle attributes.
6930   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6931                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
6932 
6933   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6934   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6935       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6936   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6937       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6938     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6939     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
6940       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6941                                                         Context));
6942     }
6943   }
6944 
6945   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6946     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6947     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6948     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
6949       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6950 
6951     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6952       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6953                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6954     else if (!Previous.empty())
6955       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6956       D.setRedeclaration(true);
6957     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6958             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6959            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6960   } else {
6961     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6962     // argument list into our AST format.
6963     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6964       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6965       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
6966       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6967       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6968                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6969       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
6970                                  TemplateArgs);
6971 
6972       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6973 
6974       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6975         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6976       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
6977         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
6978         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
6979           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6980 
6981         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6982       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6983                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6984         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
6985         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
6986         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
6987         // too few of them).
6988         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
6989         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
6990         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
6991           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
6992           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6993                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
6994                                         "template<> ");
6995         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6996       } else {
6997         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
6998         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6999       }
7000     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7001       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7002       // wrote something like:
7003       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7004       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7005       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7006       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7007       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7008         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7009       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7010     }
7011 
7012     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7013     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7014     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7015     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7016     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7017     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7018         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7019          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7020             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7021             InstantiationDependent))) {
7022       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7023              "friend function specialization without template args");
7024       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7025                                                        Previous))
7026         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7027     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7028       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7029           && !isFriend) {
7030         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7031         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7032           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7033           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7034           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7035       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7036                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7037                                                      Previous))
7038         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7039 
7040       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7041       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7042       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7043       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7044           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7045       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7046         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7047           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7048                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7049             << SC
7050             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7051                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7052 
7053         else
7054           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7055                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7056             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7057                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7058       }
7059 
7060     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7061       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7062           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7063     }
7064 
7065     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7066     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7067       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7068         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7069 
7070       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7071         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
7072         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
7073         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7074           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
7075       } else
7076         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7077                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7078     }
7079 
7080     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7081             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7082            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7083 
7084     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7085                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7086                                 : NewFD);
7087 
7088     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7089       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7090       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7091         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7092 
7093       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7094       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7095     }
7096 
7097     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7098         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7099       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7100 
7101     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7102     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7103     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7104       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7105                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7106       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7107                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7108                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7109                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7110                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7111                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7112                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7113                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7114                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7115                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7116                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7117     }
7118 
7119     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7120       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7121     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7122       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7123                                        AddToScope };
7124       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7125       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7126         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7127 
7128       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7129       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7130         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7131         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7132 
7133         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7134         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7135         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7136         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7137         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7138         // can actually do this check immediately.
7139         if (isFriend &&
7140             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7141              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7142              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7143           // ignore these
7144         } else {
7145           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7146           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7147           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7148           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7149           //
7150           // class X {
7151           //   void f() const;
7152           // };
7153           //
7154           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7155           //
7156           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7157           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7158           // whether the parameter types are references).
7159 
7160           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7161                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7162             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7163             return Result;
7164           }
7165         }
7166 
7167         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7168         // to something.
7169       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7170         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7171                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7172           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7173           return Result;
7174         }
7175       }
7176 
7177     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7178                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7179                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7180       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7181       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7182       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7183       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7184       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7185       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7186       // generate them.
7187       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7188         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7189     }
7190   }
7191 
7192   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7193   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7194 
7195   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7196 
7197   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7198       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7199     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7200          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7201       << NewFD;
7202 
7203     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7204     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7205     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
7206     EPI.Variadic = true;
7207     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7208 
7209     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
7210     NewFD->setType(R);
7211   }
7212 
7213   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7214   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7215   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7216     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7217 
7218   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7219   // marking the function.
7220   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7221 
7222   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7223   // the map of such variables.
7224   if (!NewFD->getPreviousDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7225       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7226     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7227 
7228   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7229   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7230 
7231   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7232     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7233       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7234         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7235       return FunctionTemplate;
7236     }
7237   }
7238 
7239   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7240     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7241     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7242         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7243       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7244       D.setInvalidType();
7245     }
7246 
7247     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7248     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
7249       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7250            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7251       D.setInvalidType();
7252     }
7253 
7254     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7255     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7256          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7257       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7258       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7259     }
7260   }
7261 
7262   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7263 
7264   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7265     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7266       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7267           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7268         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7269           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
7270             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7271 
7272           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7273         }
7274       }
7275 
7276   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7277   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7278   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7279   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7280     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7281                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7282                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7283                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7284                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7285     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7286     AddToScope = false;
7287   }
7288 
7289   return NewFD;
7290 }
7291 
7292 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7293 ///
7294 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7295 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7296 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7297 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7298 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7299 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7300 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7301 ///
7302 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7303 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7304 ///
7305 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7306 ///
7307 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7308 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7309                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7310                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7311   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
7312          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7313 
7314   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7315   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7316   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7317   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7318                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7319 
7320   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7321   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7322 
7323   bool Redeclaration = false;
7324   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7325 
7326   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7327   // the same name, if appropriate.
7328   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7329     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7330     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7331     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7332     // function to the scope.
7333     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7334       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7335       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7336         Redeclaration = true;
7337         OldDecl = Candidate;
7338       }
7339     } else {
7340       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7341                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7342       case Ovl_Match:
7343         Redeclaration = true;
7344         break;
7345 
7346       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7347         Redeclaration = true;
7348         break;
7349 
7350       case Ovl_Overload:
7351         Redeclaration = false;
7352         break;
7353       }
7354 
7355       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7356         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7357         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7358         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7359           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7360         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7361         if (Redeclaration)
7362           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7363         else if (!Previous.empty())
7364           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7365         if (OverloadedDecl)
7366           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7367                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7368         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7369                                                         Context));
7370       }
7371     }
7372   }
7373 
7374   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7375   if (!Redeclaration &&
7376       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7377     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7378     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7379       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7380       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7381       Redeclaration = true;
7382       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7383       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7384 
7385       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7386       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7387         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7388           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7389             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7390           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7391                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7392           NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7393                                                           Context));
7394         }
7395         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7396           Redeclaration = false;
7397           OldDecl = 0;
7398         }
7399       }
7400     }
7401   }
7402 
7403   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7404   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7405   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7406   //
7407   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7408   // definition of a static member function.
7409   //
7410   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7411   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7412   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7413   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7414       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7415       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7416     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7417     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
7418           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
7419       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
7420     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7421       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7422         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7423       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7424       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7425       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
7426                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
7427 
7428       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7429       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7430       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7431         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7432         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7433                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7434           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7435 
7436         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7437           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7438       }
7439     }
7440   }
7441 
7442   if (Redeclaration) {
7443     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7444     // merged.
7445     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7446       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7447       return Redeclaration;
7448     }
7449 
7450     Previous.clear();
7451     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7452 
7453     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7454                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7455       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7456       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7457         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7458       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7459       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7460             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7461         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7462         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7463       }
7464 
7465       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7466       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7467       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7468           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7469         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7470         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7471       }
7472 
7473     } else {
7474       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7475       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7476 
7477       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7478         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7479         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7480         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7481         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7482 
7483         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7484         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7485         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7486 
7487         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7488         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7489             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7490           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7491           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7492           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7493           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration());
7494           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7495             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7496           }
7497         }
7498       }
7499     }
7500   }
7501 
7502   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7503   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7504     // C++-specific checks.
7505     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7506       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7507     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7508                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7509       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7510       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7511 
7512       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7513       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7514       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7515         DeclarationName Name
7516           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7517                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7518         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7519           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7520           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7521           return Redeclaration;
7522         }
7523       }
7524     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7525                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7526       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7527     }
7528 
7529     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7530     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7531       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7532           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7533           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7534         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7535           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7536           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7537             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7538           }
7539         }
7540       }
7541 
7542       if (Method->isStatic())
7543         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7544     }
7545 
7546     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7547     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7548         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7549       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7550       return Redeclaration;
7551     }
7552 
7553     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7554     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7555         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7556       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7557       return Redeclaration;
7558     }
7559 
7560     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7561     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7562     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7563     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7564       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7565 
7566     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7567     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7568     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7569       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7570       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7571       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7572       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7573         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7574         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7575         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7576       }
7577     }
7578 
7579     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7580     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7581     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7582     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7583     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7584       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
7585       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7586         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7587             << NewFD << R;
7588       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7589                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7590         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7591     }
7592   }
7593   return Redeclaration;
7594 }
7595 
7596 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7597   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7598   if (!TSI)
7599     return SourceRange();
7600 
7601   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7602   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7603   if (!FunctionTL)
7604     return SourceRange();
7605 
7606   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7607   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7608     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7609 
7610   return SourceRange();
7611 }
7612 
7613 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7614   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
7615   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7616   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7617   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7618   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7619   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7620   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7621     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7622          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7623       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7624   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7625     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7626       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7627   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7628     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7629     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7630                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7631     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7632     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7633       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7634   }
7635   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7636     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7637       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7638     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7639   }
7640 
7641   QualType T = FD->getType();
7642   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7643   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7644 
7645   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7646   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7647     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7648     // set the flag which tells us that.
7649     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7650     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7651 
7652   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7653   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7654   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7655   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7656     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7657 
7658     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7659     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7660       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7661           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7662 
7663   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7664   } else {
7665     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7666     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7667       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7668           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7669     else
7670       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7671 
7672     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7673   }
7674 
7675   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7676   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7677 
7678   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7679   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7680   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7681 
7682   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7683 
7684   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7685   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7686   // getting shifty.
7687   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7688     HasExtraParameters = false;
7689 
7690   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7691     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7692     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7693     nparams = 3;
7694   }
7695 
7696   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7697   // if we had some location information about types.
7698 
7699   QualType CharPP =
7700     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7701   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7702 
7703   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7704     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7705 
7706     bool mismatch = true;
7707 
7708     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7709       mismatch = false;
7710     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7711       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7712       //   char const **
7713       //   char const * const *
7714       //   char * const *
7715 
7716       QualifierCollector qs;
7717       const PointerType* PT;
7718       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7719           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7720           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7721                               Context.CharTy)) {
7722         qs.removeConst();
7723         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7724       }
7725     }
7726 
7727     if (mismatch) {
7728       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7729       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7730       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7731     }
7732   }
7733 
7734   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7735     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7736   }
7737 
7738   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7739     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
7740     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7741   }
7742 }
7743 
7744 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7745   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7746   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7747   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7748   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7749   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7750   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7751   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7752   // rules there don't matter.)
7753   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7754     return false;
7755   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7756     << Init->getSourceRange();
7757   return true;
7758 }
7759 
7760 namespace {
7761   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7762   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7763   class SelfReferenceChecker
7764       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7765     Sema &S;
7766     Decl *OrigDecl;
7767     bool isRecordType;
7768     bool isPODType;
7769     bool isReferenceType;
7770 
7771   public:
7772     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7773 
7774     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7775                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7776       isPODType = false;
7777       isRecordType = false;
7778       isReferenceType = false;
7779       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7780         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7781         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7782         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7783       }
7784     }
7785 
7786     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7787     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7788     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7789     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7790       if (isReferenceType)
7791         return;
7792       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7793       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7794         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7795         return;
7796       }
7797 
7798       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7799         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7800         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7801         return;
7802       }
7803 
7804       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7805         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7806         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7807           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7808           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7809             return;
7810           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7811         }
7812         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7813           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7814         return;
7815       }
7816     }
7817 
7818     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7819     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7820     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7821       if (isReferenceType)
7822         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7823     }
7824 
7825     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7826       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7827           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7828         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7829 
7830       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7831     }
7832 
7833     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7834       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7835       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7836 
7837       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7838       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7839       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7840       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7841       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7842       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7843         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7844           Warn = false;
7845         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7846       }
7847 
7848       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7849         if (Warn)
7850           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7851         return;
7852       }
7853 
7854       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7855       // Visit that expression.
7856       Visit(Base);
7857     }
7858 
7859     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7860       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7861         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7862           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7863 
7864       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7865     }
7866 
7867     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7868       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7869       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7870           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7871         if (!isPODType)
7872           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7873         return;
7874       }
7875       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7876     }
7877 
7878     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7879 
7880     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7881       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7882       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7883       unsigned diag;
7884       if (isReferenceType) {
7885         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7886       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7887         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7888       } else {
7889         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7890       }
7891 
7892       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7893                             S.PDiag(diag)
7894                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7895                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7896                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7897     }
7898   };
7899 
7900   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7901   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7902                                  bool DirectInit) {
7903     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7904     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7905     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7906       return;
7907 
7908     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7909 
7910     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7911     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7912     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7913       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7914         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7915           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7916             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7917               return;
7918 
7919     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7920   }
7921 }
7922 
7923 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7924 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7925 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7926 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7927                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7928   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7929   // the initializer.
7930   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7931     return;
7932 
7933   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7934     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7935     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7936     // Thus this grotesque test.
7937     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7938     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7939         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7940       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7941     else {
7942       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
7943         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
7944       Method->setInvalidDecl();
7945     }
7946     return;
7947   }
7948 
7949   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
7950   if (!VDecl) {
7951     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
7952     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
7953     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7954     return;
7955   }
7956   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
7957 
7958   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
7959   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7960     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
7961     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
7962     // contains exactly one expression.
7963     if (CXXDirectInit) {
7964       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7965         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
7966         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
7967         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
7968              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
7969           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7970           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7971         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7972         return;
7973       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
7974         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
7975              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
7976           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7977           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7978         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7979         return;
7980       } else {
7981         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
7982       }
7983     }
7984 
7985     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7986     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
7987     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7988         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7989       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7990       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7991         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7992         return;
7993       }
7994       Init = Result.take();
7995       DefaultedToAuto = true;
7996     }
7997 
7998     QualType DeducedType;
7999     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8000             DAR_Failed)
8001       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8002     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8003       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8004       return;
8005     }
8006     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8007     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8008 
8009     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8010     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8011       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8012 
8013     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8014     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8015     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8016     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8017     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8018         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8019       SourceLocation Loc =
8020           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8021       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8022         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8023     }
8024 
8025     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8026     // the previously declared type.
8027     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8028       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8029       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8030       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8031     }
8032 
8033     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8034     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8035     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8036       return;
8037   }
8038 
8039   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8040     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8041     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8042     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8043     return;
8044   }
8045 
8046   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8047     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8048     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8049     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8050     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8051     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8052       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8053     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8054                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8055       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8056       return;
8057     }
8058 
8059     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8060     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8061                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8062                                AbstractVariableType))
8063       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8064   }
8065 
8066   const VarDecl *Def;
8067   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8068     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8069       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8070     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8071     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8072     return;
8073   }
8074 
8075   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8076   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8077     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8078     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8079     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8080     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8081     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8082     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8083     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8084     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8085     //
8086     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8087     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8088     // declaration with an initializer.
8089     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8090       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8091         << VDecl->getDeclName();
8092       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8093       return;
8094     }
8095 
8096     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8097       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8098 
8099     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8100       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8101       return;
8102     }
8103   }
8104 
8105   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8106   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8107   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8108     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8109     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8110     return;
8111   }
8112 
8113   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8114   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8115   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8116 
8117   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8118   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8119   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8120       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8121     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8122     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8123       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8124       return;
8125     }
8126     Init = Result.take();
8127   }
8128 
8129   // Perform the initialization.
8130   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8131     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8132     InitializationKind Kind
8133       = DirectInit ?
8134           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8135                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8136                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8137                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8138                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8139                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8140                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8141 
8142     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8143     if (CXXDirectInit)
8144       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8145                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8146 
8147     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8148     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8149     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8150       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8151       return;
8152     }
8153 
8154     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8155   }
8156 
8157   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8158   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8159   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8160   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8161       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8162     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8163   }
8164 
8165   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8166   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8167   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8168   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8169   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8170     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8171 
8172   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8173     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8174 
8175     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8176       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8177 
8178     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8179     // Although this code can still have problems:
8180     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8181     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8182     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8183     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8184     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8185     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8186       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8187         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8188                                  Init->getLocStart());
8189       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8190         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8191     }
8192   }
8193 
8194   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8195   //
8196   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8197   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8198   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8199   //
8200   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8201   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8202   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8203   //
8204   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8205   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8206                                           false,
8207                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8208   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8209     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8210     return;
8211   }
8212   Init = Result.take();
8213 
8214   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8215   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8216 
8217   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8218     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8219     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8220     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8221     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8222       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8223         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8224       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8225       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8226       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8227       // constant expressions.
8228       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8229                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8230                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8231         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8232              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8233           << Init->getSourceRange();
8234     }
8235   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8236              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8237     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8238     //
8239     // struct S {
8240     //   static const int value = 17;
8241     // };
8242 
8243     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8244     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8245     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8246     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8247     //
8248     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8249     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8250     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8251     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8252     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8253     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8254     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8255     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8256     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8257 
8258     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8259     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8260 
8261     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8262     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8263     // type.
8264     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8265 
8266     // Require constness.
8267     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8268       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8269         << Init->getSourceRange();
8270       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8271 
8272     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8273     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8274       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8275       SourceLocation Loc;
8276       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8277         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8278         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8279         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8280       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8281         ; // Nothing to check.
8282       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8283         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8284       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8285         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8286         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8287         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8288           << Init->getSourceRange();
8289       } else {
8290         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8291         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8292         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8293           << Init->getSourceRange();
8294         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8295       }
8296 
8297     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8298     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8299       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8300       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8301       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8302         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8303              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8304             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8305         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8306              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8307             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8308       } else {
8309         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8310           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8311 
8312         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8313           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8314             << Init->getSourceRange();
8315           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8316         }
8317       }
8318 
8319     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8320     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8321       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8322         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8323         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8324       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8325 
8326     } else {
8327       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8328         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8329       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8330     }
8331   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8332     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8333         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8334          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8335            VDecl->isExternC())))
8336       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8337 
8338     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8339     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8340       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8341     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8342              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8343              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8344              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8345                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8346       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8347       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8348       //   initialization.
8349       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8350       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8351       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8352         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8353     }
8354   }
8355 
8356   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8357   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8358   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8359   //
8360   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8361   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8362   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8363   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8364   // special case code.
8365 
8366   // C++ 8.5p11:
8367   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8368   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8369   // class type.
8370   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8371     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8372     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8373   } else if (DirectInit) {
8374     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8375     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8376   }
8377 
8378   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8379 }
8380 
8381 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8382 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8383 /// of sanity.
8384 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8385   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8386   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8387   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8388 
8389   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8390   if (!VD) return;
8391 
8392   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8393   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8394     D->setInvalidDecl();
8395     return;
8396   }
8397 
8398   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8399   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8400 
8401   // Require a complete type.
8402   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8403                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8404                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8405     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8406     return;
8407   }
8408 
8409   // Require an abstract type.
8410   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8411                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8412                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8413     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8414     return;
8415   }
8416 
8417   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8418   // though.
8419 }
8420 
8421 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8422                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8423   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8424   if (RealDecl == 0)
8425     return;
8426 
8427   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8428     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8429 
8430     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8431     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8432       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8433         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8434       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8435       return;
8436     }
8437 
8438     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8439     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8440     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8441     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8442     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8443     // member.
8444     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8445       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8446         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8447              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8448           << Var->getDeclName();
8449       else
8450         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8451       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8452       return;
8453     }
8454 
8455     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8456     case VarDecl::Definition:
8457       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8458         break;
8459 
8460       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8461       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8462       // a declaration.
8463       //
8464       // Fall through
8465 
8466     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8467       // It's only a declaration.
8468 
8469       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8470       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8471       // object shall be complete.
8472       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8473           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8474           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8475                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8476         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8477 
8478       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8479       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8480           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8481                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8482                                  AbstractVariableType))
8483         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8484       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8485           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8486         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8487         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8488       }
8489 
8490       return;
8491 
8492     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8493       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8494       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8495       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8496       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8497       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8498       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8499         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8500                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8501           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8502                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8503                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8504             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8505         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8506           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8507           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8508           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8509           // NOTE: code such as the following
8510           //     static struct s;
8511           //     struct s { int a; };
8512           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8513           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8514           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8515           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
8516             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8517                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8518         }
8519       }
8520 
8521       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8522       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8523         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8524       return;
8525     }
8526 
8527     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8528     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8529     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8530       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8531            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8532       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8533       return;
8534     }
8535 
8536     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8537     // definitions with reference type.
8538     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8539       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8540         << Var->getDeclName()
8541         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8542       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8543       return;
8544     }
8545 
8546     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8547     // variable with dependent type.
8548     if (Type->isDependentType())
8549       return;
8550 
8551     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8552       return;
8553 
8554     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8555                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8556                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8557       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8558       return;
8559     }
8560 
8561     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8562     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8563                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8564                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8565       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8566       return;
8567     }
8568 
8569     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8570     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8571     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8572     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8573     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8574     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8575     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8576     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8577     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8578     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8579     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8580       if (const RecordType *Record
8581             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8582         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8583         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8584         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8585         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8586         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8587           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8588       }
8589     }
8590 
8591     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8592     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8593     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8594     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8595     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8596     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8597     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8598     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8599     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8600     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8601     //   program is ill-formed.
8602     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8603     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8604     //   default-initialized; [...].
8605     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8606     InitializationKind Kind
8607       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8608 
8609     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8610     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8611     if (Init.isInvalid())
8612       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8613     else if (Init.get()) {
8614       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8615       // This is important for template substitution.
8616       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8617     }
8618 
8619     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8620   }
8621 }
8622 
8623 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8624   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8625   if (!VD) {
8626     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8627     D->setInvalidDecl();
8628     return;
8629   }
8630 
8631   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8632 
8633   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8634   int Error = -1;
8635   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8636   case SC_None:
8637     break;
8638   case SC_Extern:
8639     Error = 0;
8640     break;
8641   case SC_Static:
8642     Error = 1;
8643     break;
8644   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8645     Error = 2;
8646     break;
8647   case SC_Auto:
8648     Error = 3;
8649     break;
8650   case SC_Register:
8651     Error = 4;
8652     break;
8653   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8654     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8655   }
8656   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8657     Error = 5;
8658   if (Error != -1) {
8659     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8660       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8661     D->setInvalidDecl();
8662   }
8663 }
8664 
8665 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8666   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8667 
8668   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8669   // local retaining variable.
8670   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8671       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8672     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8673     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8674     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8675     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8676       break;
8677 
8678     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8679     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8680       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8681       break;
8682     }
8683   }
8684 
8685   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8686       var->isExternallyVisible() &&
8687       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8688                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8689                        var->getLocation())) {
8690     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8691     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8692     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8693       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8694 
8695     if (!prev)
8696       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8697   }
8698 
8699   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8700       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8701     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8702     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8703     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8704     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8705     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8706       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8707   }
8708 
8709   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8710   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8711 
8712   QualType type = var->getType();
8713   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8714 
8715   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8716   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8717     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8718     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8719 
8720     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8721     // constructing this copy.
8722     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8723       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8724       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8725       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8726       ExprResult result
8727         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8728             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8729             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8730       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8731         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8732         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8733         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8734       }
8735     }
8736   }
8737 
8738   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8739   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8740   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8741 
8742   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8743       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8744     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8745         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8746                                             var->getLocation())
8747           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8748       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8749       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8750       // warned about them.
8751       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8752       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8753           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8754         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8755           << Init->getSourceRange();
8756     }
8757 
8758     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8759       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8760       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8761         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8762         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8763         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8764         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8765               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8766           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8767           Notes.clear();
8768         }
8769         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8770           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8771         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8772           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8773       }
8774     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8775       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8776       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8777       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8778       var->checkInitIsICE();
8779     }
8780   }
8781 
8782   // Require the destructor.
8783   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8784     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8785 }
8786 
8787 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8788 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8789 void
8790 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8791   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8792   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8793 
8794   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8795   if (!VD)
8796     return;
8797 
8798   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8799   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8800   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8801   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8802     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8803 
8804   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8805     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8806 
8807   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8808   // tag values.
8809   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8810       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8811     return;
8812 
8813   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8814          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8815          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8816        I != E; ++I) {
8817     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8818     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8819       continue;
8820     }
8821     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8822     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8823       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8824            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8825         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8826       continue;
8827     }
8828     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8829       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8830            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8831         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8832       continue;
8833     }
8834     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8835     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8836                                MagicValue,
8837                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8838                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8839                                I->getMustBeNull());
8840   }
8841 }
8842 
8843 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8844                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8845   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8846 
8847   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8848     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8849 
8850   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8851     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
8852       Decls.push_back(D);
8853 
8854   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8855     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
8856       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8857   }
8858 
8859   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8860 }
8861 
8862 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8863 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8864 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8865 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8866                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8867   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8868   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8869   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8870   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8871   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8872   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8873   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8874   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
8875     QualType Deduced;
8876     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8877     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8878     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
8879       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8880         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8881         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8882         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8883           break;
8884         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8885         if (!U.isNull()) {
8886           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8887           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8888             Deduced = U;
8889             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8890             DeducedDecl = D;
8891           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8892             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8893                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8894               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8895               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8896               << U << D->getDeclName()
8897               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8898               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8899             D->setInvalidDecl();
8900             break;
8901           }
8902         }
8903       }
8904     }
8905   }
8906 
8907   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
8908 
8909   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
8910       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
8911 }
8912 
8913 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
8914   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
8915 }
8916 
8917 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8918   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
8919   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
8920    return;
8921 
8922   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
8923                                Group[0]->getLocation())
8924         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8925     return;
8926 
8927   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
8928     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
8929     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
8930     // additional declaration references:
8931     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
8932     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
8933     //   'struct S *pS;'
8934     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
8935     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
8936     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
8937       Group = Group.slice(1);
8938     }
8939   }
8940 
8941   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
8942   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
8943   if (!Comments.empty() &&
8944       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
8945     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
8946     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
8947     //
8948     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
8949     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
8950     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
8951     // ahead through comments.
8952     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8953       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
8954   }
8955 }
8956 
8957 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
8958 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
8959 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
8960   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
8961 
8962   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
8963   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
8964   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
8965   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
8966     StorageClass = SC_Register;
8967   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8968              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
8969     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
8970   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
8971     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8972          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
8973     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8974   }
8975 
8976   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8977     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
8978       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8979   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
8980     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8981       << 0;
8982 
8983   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
8984 
8985   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8986   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
8987 
8988   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8989     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
8990     // parameter.
8991     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8992 
8993     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
8994     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8995       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
8996         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8997       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
8998     }
8999   }
9000 
9001   // Ensure we have a valid name
9002   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9003   if (D.hasName()) {
9004     II = D.getIdentifier();
9005     if (!II) {
9006       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9007         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
9008       D.setInvalidType(true);
9009     }
9010   }
9011 
9012   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9013   if (II) {
9014     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9015                    ForRedeclaration);
9016     LookupName(R, S);
9017     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9018       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9019       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9020         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9021         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9022         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9023         PrevDecl = 0;
9024       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9025         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9026         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9027 
9028         // Recover by removing the name
9029         II = 0;
9030         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9031         D.setInvalidType(true);
9032       }
9033     }
9034   }
9035 
9036   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9037   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9038   // looking like class members in C++.
9039   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9040                                     D.getLocStart(),
9041                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9042                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9043                                     StorageClass);
9044 
9045   if (D.isInvalidType())
9046     New->setInvalidDecl();
9047 
9048   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9049   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9050   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9051                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9052 
9053   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9054   S->AddDecl(New);
9055   if (II)
9056     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9057 
9058   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9059 
9060   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9061     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9062       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9063       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9064       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9065 
9066   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9067     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9068   }
9069   return New;
9070 }
9071 
9072 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9073 /// typedef.
9074 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9075                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9076                                               QualType T) {
9077   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9078      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9079      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9080   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9081                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9082                                            SC_None, 0);
9083   Param->setImplicit();
9084   return Param;
9085 }
9086 
9087 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9088                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9089   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9090   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9091   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9092     return;
9093 
9094   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9095     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9096         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9097       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9098         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9099     }
9100   }
9101 }
9102 
9103 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9104                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9105                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9106                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9107   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9108     return;
9109 
9110   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9111   // threshold.
9112   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9113     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9114     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9115       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9116           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9117   }
9118 
9119   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9120   // threshold.
9121   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9122     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9123     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9124       continue;
9125     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9126     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9127       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9128           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9129   }
9130 }
9131 
9132 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9133                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9134                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9135                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9136   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9137   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9138       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9139       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9140 
9141     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9142 
9143     // Special cases for arrays:
9144     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9145     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9146     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9147       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9148         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9149             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9150             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9151       }
9152       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9153     } else {
9154       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9155     }
9156     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9157   }
9158 
9159   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9160                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9161                                          TSInfo,
9162                                          StorageClass, 0);
9163 
9164   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9165   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9166   // the class has been completely parsed.
9167   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9168       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9169                              AbstractParamType))
9170     New->setInvalidDecl();
9171 
9172   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9173   // passed by reference.
9174   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9175     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9176     Diag(NameLoc,
9177          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9178       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9179     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9180     New->setType(T);
9181   }
9182 
9183   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9184   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9185   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9186   // an address space.
9187   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9188     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9189     New->setInvalidDecl();
9190   }
9191 
9192   return New;
9193 }
9194 
9195 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9196                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9197   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9198 
9199   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9200   // for a K&R function.
9201   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9202     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9203       --i;
9204       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9205         SmallString<256> Code;
9206         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9207                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9208                                         << ";\n";
9209         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9210           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9211           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9212 
9213         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9214         // type.
9215         AttributeFactory attrs;
9216         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9217         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9218         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9219         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9220                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
9221         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9222         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9223         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9224         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9225         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9226         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9227       }
9228     }
9229   }
9230 }
9231 
9232 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9233   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9234   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9235   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9236 
9237   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9238   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9239   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9240 }
9241 
9242 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9243                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9244   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9245   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9246     return false;
9247 
9248   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9249   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9250     return false;
9251 
9252   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9253   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9254     return false;
9255 
9256   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9257   if (FD->isMain())
9258     return false;
9259 
9260   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9261   if (FD->isInlined())
9262     return false;
9263 
9264   // Don't warn about function templates.
9265   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9266     return false;
9267 
9268   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9269   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9270     return false;
9271 
9272   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9273   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9274     return false;
9275 
9276   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9277   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9278        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9279     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9280     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9281     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9282       continue;
9283 
9284     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9285     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9286       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9287     break;
9288   }
9289 
9290   return MissingPrototype;
9291 }
9292 
9293 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9294   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9295   // was an extern inline function.
9296   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
9297   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
9298       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
9299     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9300         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9301       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9302         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9303     else
9304       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9305     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9306     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9307   }
9308 }
9309 
9310 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9311   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9312   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9313 
9314   if (!D)
9315     return D;
9316   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9317 
9318   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9319     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9320   else
9321     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9322 
9323   // Enter a new function scope
9324   PushFunctionScope();
9325 
9326   // See if this is a redefinition.
9327   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9328     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9329 
9330   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9331   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9332     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9333         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9334       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9335       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9336     }
9337   }
9338 
9339   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9340   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9341   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
9342   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9343       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9344       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9345                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9346     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9347 
9348   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9349   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9350   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9351   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9352   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9353   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9354   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9355     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9356 
9357     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9358       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9359       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9360       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9361               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9362         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9363         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9364           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9365                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9366             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9367             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9368       }
9369     }
9370   }
9371 
9372   if (FnBodyScope)
9373     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9374 
9375   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9376   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9377                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9378 
9379   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9380   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9381     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9382     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9383 
9384     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9385     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9386       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9387 
9388       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9389     }
9390   }
9391 
9392   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9393   // introduce them into the function scope.
9394   if (FnBodyScope) {
9395     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9396              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9397              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9398          I != E; ++I) {
9399       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9400 
9401       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9402       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9403       // and reattach to the current context.
9404       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9405         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9406         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9407                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9408           if (*DI == D) {
9409             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9410             break;
9411           }
9412         }
9413         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9414         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9415       }
9416 
9417       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9418       if (!D->getName().empty())
9419         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9420 
9421       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9422       // accessible in this scope.
9423       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9424         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9425                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9426           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9427       }
9428     }
9429   }
9430 
9431   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9432   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9433     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9434 
9435   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9436   // dllimport attribute.
9437   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9438   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9439     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9440     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9441     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9442         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9443       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9444            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9445         << "dllimport";
9446       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9447       return D;
9448     }
9449 
9450     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9451     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9452     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9453       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9454       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9455       // emitted.
9456       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9457            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9458         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
9459     }
9460   }
9461   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9462   // a function template).
9463   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9464   return D;
9465 }
9466 
9467 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9468 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9469 /// optimization.
9470 ///
9471 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9472 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9473 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9474 /// use the named return value optimization.
9475 ///
9476 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9477 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9478 /// the NRVO variable.
9479 ///
9480 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9481 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9482 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9483 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9484   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9485 
9486   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9487   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9488     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9489       return;
9490 
9491     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9492       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9493     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9494       return;
9495   }
9496 
9497   if (NRVOCandidate)
9498     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9499 }
9500 
9501 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9502   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
9503     return false;
9504 
9505   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
9506     return true;
9507 
9508   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9509   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9510     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
9511   else
9512     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9513 
9514   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9515   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9516   // rest of the file.
9517   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9518   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9519   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
9520 }
9521 
9522 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9523   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9524     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9525   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9526     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9527   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9528 }
9529 
9530 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9531   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9532 }
9533 
9534 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9535                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9536   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9537   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
9538   if (FunTmpl)
9539     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9540   else
9541     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
9542 
9543   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9544   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9545 
9546   if (FD) {
9547     FD->setBody(Body);
9548 
9549     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9550         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9551       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9552       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9553       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9554       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9555         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9556           << FD->getResultType();
9557         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9558       } else {
9559         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9560         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9561             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
9562         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9563             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9564       }
9565     }
9566 
9567     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9568     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9569     // is the first declaration.
9570     if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9571       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9572         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9573       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9574                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9575                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9576         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9577     }
9578 
9579     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9580     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9581     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9582       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9583 
9584     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9585     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
9586     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
9587       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9588 
9589     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9590       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9591       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9592                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
9593 
9594       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9595       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9596         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9597 
9598       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9599       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9600       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9601       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
9602           !FD->isDependentContext())
9603         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9604     }
9605 
9606     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9607            "Function parsing confused");
9608   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9609     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9610     MD->setBody(Body);
9611     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9612       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9613       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9614                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
9615 
9616       if (Body)
9617         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9618     }
9619     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9620       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9621         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9622       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9623     }
9624   } else {
9625     return 0;
9626   }
9627 
9628   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9629          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9630          "handled in the block above.");
9631 
9632   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9633   if (Body) {
9634     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9635     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9636     // Verify this.
9637     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9638       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9639 
9640     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9641     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9642         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9643         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9644         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9645       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9646 
9647     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9648       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9649         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9650 
9651       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9652                                              Destructor->getParent());
9653     }
9654 
9655     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9656     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9657     // deletion in some later function.
9658     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9659         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9660       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9661     }
9662     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9663         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9664       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9665       // enabled.
9666       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9667     }
9668 
9669     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9670         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9671          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9672       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9673 
9674     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9675     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9676     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9677            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9678   }
9679 
9680   if (!IsInstantiation)
9681     PopDeclContext();
9682 
9683   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9684 
9685   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9686   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9687   // deletion in some later function.
9688   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9689     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9690   }
9691 
9692   return dcl;
9693 }
9694 
9695 
9696 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9697 /// relevant Decl.
9698 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9699                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9700   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9701   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9702     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9703   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9704 
9705   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9706     if (Method->isStatic())
9707       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9708 }
9709 
9710 
9711 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9712 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9713 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9714                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9715   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9716   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9717   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9718   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9719   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9720     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9721     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9722     return ExternCPrev;
9723   }
9724 
9725   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9726   unsigned diag_id;
9727   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9728     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9729   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9730     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9731   else
9732     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9733   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9734 
9735   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9736   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9737   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9738     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9739     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9740     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9741                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
9742       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
9743       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
9744       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
9745 
9746       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
9747           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
9748 
9749       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
9750           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9751         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
9752             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
9753     }
9754   }
9755 
9756   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9757   const char *Dummy;
9758   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9759   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9760   unsigned DiagID;
9761   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9762   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9763   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9764   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9765   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9766   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9767                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9768                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9769                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9770                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9771                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9772                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9773                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9774                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9775                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9776                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9777                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9778                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9779                                              EST_None,
9780                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9781                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9782                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9783                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9784                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9785                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9786                 DS.getAttributes(),
9787                 SourceLocation());
9788   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9789 
9790   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9791 
9792   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9793   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9794 
9795   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9796   FD->setImplicit();
9797 
9798   CurContext = PrevDC;
9799 
9800   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9801 
9802   return FD;
9803 }
9804 
9805 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9806 /// the declaration of this function.
9807 ///
9808 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9809 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9810 /// like NSLog or printf.
9811 ///
9812 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9813 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9814 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9815   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9816     return;
9817 
9818   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9819   // actual attributes.
9820   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9821     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9822     unsigned FormatIdx;
9823     bool HasVAListArg;
9824     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9825       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9826         const char *fmt = "printf";
9827         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9828         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9829             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9830           fmt = "NSString";
9831         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9832                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
9833                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9834       }
9835     }
9836     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9837                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9838      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9839        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9840                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
9841                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9842     }
9843 
9844     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9845     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9846     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9847     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9848         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9849       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9850         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9851     }
9852 
9853     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9854         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9855       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9856     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9857       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9858     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9859       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9860   }
9861 
9862   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9863   if (!Name)
9864     return;
9865   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9866        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9867       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9868        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9869        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9870     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9871     // about.
9872   } else
9873     return;
9874 
9875   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
9876     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
9877     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
9878     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9879       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9880                                              "printf", 2,
9881                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
9882   }
9883 
9884   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
9885     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
9886     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
9887     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
9888       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
9889   }
9890 }
9891 
9892 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
9893                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
9894   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
9895   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
9896 
9897   if (!TInfo) {
9898     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
9899     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9900   }
9901 
9902   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
9903   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9904                                            D.getLocStart(),
9905                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9906                                            D.getIdentifier(),
9907                                            TInfo);
9908 
9909   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
9910   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
9911     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
9912     return NewTD;
9913   }
9914 
9915   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9916     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
9917       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9918         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
9919         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9920         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9921     else
9922       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
9923   }
9924 
9925   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
9926   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
9927   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
9928   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
9929   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
9930   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
9931   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
9932   case TST_enum:
9933   case TST_struct:
9934   case TST_interface:
9935   case TST_union:
9936   case TST_class: {
9937     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
9938 
9939     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
9940     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
9941     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
9942     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
9943 
9944     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
9945     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
9946 
9947     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
9948     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
9949       break;
9950 
9951     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
9952     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
9953     break;
9954   }
9955 
9956   default:
9957     break;
9958   }
9959 
9960   return NewTD;
9961 }
9962 
9963 
9964 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
9965 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
9966   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9967   QualType T = TI->getType();
9968 
9969   if (T->isDependentType())
9970     return false;
9971 
9972   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
9973     if (BT->isInteger())
9974       return false;
9975 
9976   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
9977   return true;
9978 }
9979 
9980 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
9981 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
9982 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
9983                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
9984                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
9985   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
9986 
9987   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
9988     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
9989       << Prev->isScoped();
9990     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9991     return true;
9992   }
9993 
9994   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
9995     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
9996         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
9997         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
9998                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
9999       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10000         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10001       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10002       return true;
10003     }
10004   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10005     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10006       << Prev->isFixed();
10007     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10008     return true;
10009   }
10010 
10011   return false;
10012 }
10013 
10014 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10015 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10016 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10017 ///
10018 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10019 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10020   switch (Tag) {
10021   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10022   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10023   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10024   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10025   }
10026 }
10027 
10028 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10029 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10030 ///
10031 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10032 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10033 {
10034   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10035 }
10036 
10037 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10038 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10039 ///
10040 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10041 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10042                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10043                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10044                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10045   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10046   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10047   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10048   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10049   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10050   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10051   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10052   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10053   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10054   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10055   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10056   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10057   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10058   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10059   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10060     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10061       return true;
10062 
10063   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10064     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10065     bool isTemplate = false;
10066     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10067       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10068 
10069     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10070       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10071       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10072       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10073         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10074         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10075       return true;
10076     }
10077 
10078     if (isDefinition) {
10079       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10080       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10081       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10082         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10083         return true;
10084       }
10085 
10086       bool previousMismatch = false;
10087       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10088            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10089         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10090           if (!previousMismatch) {
10091             previousMismatch = true;
10092             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10093               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10094               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10095           }
10096           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10097             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10098             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10099                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10100         }
10101       }
10102       return true;
10103     }
10104 
10105     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10106     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10107     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10108     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10109                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10110     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10111       return true;
10112     }
10113 
10114     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10115       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10116       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10117     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10118 
10119     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
10120     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10121         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10122           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10123           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10124                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10125     }
10126 
10127     return true;
10128   }
10129   return false;
10130 }
10131 
10132 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10133 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10134 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10135 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10136 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10137                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10138                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10139                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10140                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10141                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10142                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10143                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10144                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10145                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
10146   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10147   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10148   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10149          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10150   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10151 
10152   OwnedDecl = false;
10153   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10154   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10155 
10156   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10157   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10158   bool Invalid = false;
10159 
10160   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10161   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10162   // for non-C++ cases.
10163   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10164       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10165     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10166             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10167                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10168                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10169       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10170         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10171         return 0;
10172       }
10173 
10174       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10175         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10176         // be a member of another template).
10177 
10178         if (Invalid)
10179           return 0;
10180 
10181         OwnedDecl = false;
10182         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10183                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10184                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10185                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10186                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10187                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10188         return Result.get();
10189       } else {
10190         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10191         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10192           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10193         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10194       }
10195     }
10196   }
10197 
10198   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10199   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10200   // redeclaration.
10201   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10202 
10203   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10204     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10205       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10206       // type, default to int.
10207       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10208     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10209       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10210       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10211       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10212       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10213       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10214 
10215       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10216         // Recover by falling back to int.
10217         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10218 
10219       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10220                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10221         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10222 
10223     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10224       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10225       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10226   }
10227 
10228   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10229   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10230   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10231 
10232   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10233   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10234     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10235 
10236   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10237   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10238   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10239     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10240 
10241     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10242     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10243       Name = 0;
10244       goto CreateNewDecl;
10245     }
10246 
10247     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10248     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10249     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10250       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10251       if (!DC) {
10252         IsDependent = true;
10253         return 0;
10254       }
10255     } else {
10256       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10257       if (!DC) {
10258         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10259           << SS.getRange();
10260         return 0;
10261       }
10262     }
10263 
10264     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10265       return 0;
10266 
10267     SearchDC = DC;
10268     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10269     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10270 
10271     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10272       return 0;
10273 
10274     if (Previous.empty()) {
10275       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10276       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10277       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10278       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10279       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10280       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10281       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10282           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10283         IsDependent = true;
10284         return 0;
10285       }
10286 
10287       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10288       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10289         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10290       Name = 0;
10291       Invalid = true;
10292       goto CreateNewDecl;
10293     }
10294   } else if (Name) {
10295     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10296     // declaration or definition.
10297     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10298     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10299     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10300     LookupName(Previous, S);
10301 
10302     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10303     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10304     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10305         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10306       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10307       while (F.hasNext()) {
10308         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10309         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10310           F.erase();
10311       }
10312       F.done();
10313     }
10314 
10315     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10316     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10317     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10318     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10319     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10320     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10321     //
10322     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10323     // semantic context?
10324     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10325       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10326       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10327       while (F.hasNext()) {
10328         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10329         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10330         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10331             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10332           F.erase();
10333           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10334         }
10335       }
10336       F.done();
10337     }
10338 
10339     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10340     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10341       return 0;
10342 
10343     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10344       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10345       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10346       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10347       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10348       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10349         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10350     }
10351   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10352     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10353     // initial context to the translation unit.
10354     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10355     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10356   }
10357 
10358   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10359       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10360     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10361     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10362     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10363     Previous.clear();
10364   }
10365 
10366   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10367       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10368     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10369     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10370 
10371     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10372       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10373       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10374       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10375       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10376     }
10377   }
10378 
10379   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10380   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10381   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10382   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10383   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10384       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10385     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10386     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10387 
10388     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10389       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10390       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10391       //
10392       //          class-key identifier
10393       //
10394       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10395       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10396       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10397       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10398       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10399       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10400       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10401       //      declaration.
10402       //
10403       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10404       // C structs and unions.
10405       //
10406       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10407       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10408       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10409       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10410       //
10411       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10412       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10413       //
10414       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10415       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10416       // lexical context,
10417       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10418         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10419 
10420       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10421       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10422              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10423               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10424              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10425              (S->getEntity() &&
10426               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
10427         S = S->getParent();
10428     } else {
10429       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10430       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10431       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10432       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10433       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10434       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10435     }
10436 
10437     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10438     // diagnose some problems.
10439     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10440       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10441       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10442     }
10443   }
10444 
10445   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10446     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
10447 
10448     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10449     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10450     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10451     // in C++.
10452     //
10453     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10454     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10455     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10456     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10457     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10458       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10459         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10460           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10461           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10462               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10463                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10464             PrevDecl = Tag;
10465             Previous.clear();
10466             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10467             Previous.resolveKind();
10468           }
10469         }
10470       }
10471     }
10472 
10473     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10474       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10475       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10476       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10477       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10478           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10479         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10480         // struct or something similar.
10481         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10482                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10483                                           *Name)) {
10484           bool SafeToContinue
10485             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10486                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10487           if (SafeToContinue)
10488             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10489               << Name
10490               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10491                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10492           else
10493             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10494           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10495 
10496           if (SafeToContinue)
10497             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10498           else {
10499             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10500             Name = 0;
10501             Previous.clear();
10502             Invalid = true;
10503           }
10504         }
10505 
10506         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10507           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10508 
10509           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10510           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10511           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10512             if (ScopedEnum)
10513               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10514                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10515                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10516             return PrevTagDecl;
10517           }
10518 
10519           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10520           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10521             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
10522           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10523             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10524 
10525           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10526           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10527           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10528           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10529                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10530             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10531         }
10532 
10533         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10534         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10535         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10536         //   and then later defined.
10537         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10538             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10539           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10540           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10541         }
10542 
10543         if (!Invalid) {
10544           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10545 
10546           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10547           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10548           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10549           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10550           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10551                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10552             return PrevTagDecl;
10553 
10554           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10555           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10556             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10557               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10558               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10559               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10560               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10561               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10562                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10563                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10564                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10565                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10566                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10567                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10568                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10569                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10570               }
10571 
10572               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10573                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10574                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10575                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10576                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10577                 else
10578                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10579                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10580                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10581                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10582                 // references get the previous definition.
10583                 Name = 0;
10584                 Previous.clear();
10585                 Invalid = true;
10586               }
10587             } else {
10588               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10589               // about a nested redefinition.
10590               const TagType *Tag
10591                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10592               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10593                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10594                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10595                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10596                 Name = 0;
10597                 Previous.clear();
10598                 Invalid = true;
10599               }
10600             }
10601 
10602             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10603             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10604           }
10605         }
10606         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10607         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10608 
10609       } else {
10610         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10611         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10612         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10613         // have distinct types.
10614         Previous.clear();
10615       }
10616       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10617       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10618       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10619 
10620 
10621     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10622     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10623     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10624     } else {
10625       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10626       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10627       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10628       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10629           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10630         unsigned Kind = 0;
10631         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10632         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10633         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10634         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10635         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10636         Invalid = true;
10637 
10638       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10639       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10640                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10641         // do nothing
10642 
10643       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10644       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10645         unsigned Kind = 0;
10646         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10647         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10648         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10649         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10650         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10651         Invalid = true;
10652 
10653       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10654       // case here.
10655       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10656         unsigned Kind = 0;
10657         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10658         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10659           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10660         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10661         Invalid = true;
10662 
10663       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10664       } else {
10665         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10666         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10667         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10668         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10669         Name = 0;
10670         Invalid = true;
10671       }
10672 
10673       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10674       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10675       Previous.clear();
10676     }
10677   }
10678 
10679 CreateNewDecl:
10680 
10681   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10682   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10683     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10684 
10685   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10686   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10687   // keyword.
10688   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10689 
10690   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10691   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10692   // PrevDecl.
10693   TagDecl *New;
10694 
10695   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10696   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10697     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10698     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10699     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10700                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10701                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10702     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10703     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10704       TagDecl *Def;
10705       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10706           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10707         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10708         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10709       }
10710       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10711         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10712           << New;
10713         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10714       } else {
10715         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10716         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10717           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10718         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10719           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10720         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10721 
10722         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10723         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10724         // the declaration context.
10725         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10726           IsForwardReference = true;
10727       }
10728     }
10729 
10730     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10731       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10732       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10733         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10734       else
10735         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10736       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10737     }
10738 
10739   } else {
10740     // struct/union/class
10741 
10742     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10743     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10744     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10745       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10746       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10747                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10748 
10749       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10750         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10751     } else
10752       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10753                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10754   }
10755 
10756   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10757   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10758     if (SS.isSet()) {
10759       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10760       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10761       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10762       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10763       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10764       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10765           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10766           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10767         Invalid = true;
10768 
10769       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10770       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10771         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10772                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10773                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10774       }
10775     }
10776     else
10777       Invalid = true;
10778   }
10779 
10780   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10781     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10782     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10783     //
10784     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10785     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10786     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10787     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10788     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10789     // parsing of the struct).
10790     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10791       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10792       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10793     }
10794   }
10795 
10796   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10797     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10798       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10799         << 2
10800         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10801     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10802     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10803     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10804     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10805       New->setModulePrivate();
10806   }
10807 
10808   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10809   // check the specialization.
10810   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10811     Invalid = true;
10812 
10813   if (Invalid)
10814     New->setInvalidDecl();
10815 
10816   if (Attr)
10817     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10818 
10819   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10820   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10821   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10822     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10823 
10824   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10825   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10826   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10827 
10828   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10829   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10830   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10831   // the tag name visible.
10832   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10833     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
10834                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10835 
10836   // Set the access specifier.
10837   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10838     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10839 
10840   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10841     New->startDefinition();
10842 
10843   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10844   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10845     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10846     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10847     if (PrevDecl)
10848       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10849 
10850     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10851     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10852     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10853       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10854         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10855   } else if (Name) {
10856     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10857     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10858     if (IsForwardReference)
10859       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10860 
10861   } else {
10862     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10863   }
10864 
10865   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10866   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10867     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10868         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10869         II->isStr("FILE"))
10870       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10871 
10872   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10873   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10874   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10875       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
10876     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
10877 
10878   if (PrevDecl)
10879     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
10880 
10881   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10882   // record.
10883   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
10884 
10885   OwnedDecl = true;
10886   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
10887   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
10888   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
10889 }
10890 
10891 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10892   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10893   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10894 
10895   // Enter the tag context.
10896   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
10897 
10898   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
10899 
10900   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10901   // record.
10902   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
10903 }
10904 
10905 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
10906   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
10907          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
10908   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
10909   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
10910       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
10911   CurContext = OCD;
10912   return IDecl;
10913 }
10914 
10915 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10916                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
10917                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
10918   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10919   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
10920 
10921   FieldCollector->StartClass();
10922 
10923   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
10924     return;
10925 
10926   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
10927     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
10928 
10929   // C++ [class]p2:
10930   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
10931   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
10932   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
10933   //   as if it were a public member name.
10934   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
10935     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
10936                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
10937                             Record->getIdentifier(),
10938                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
10939                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
10940   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
10941   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
10942   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
10943   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
10944       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
10945   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
10946   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
10947          "Broken injected-class-name");
10948 }
10949 
10950 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10951                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
10952   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10953   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10954   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
10955 
10956   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10957   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10958     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
10959     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10960       RD->completeDefinition();
10961   }
10962 
10963   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
10964     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
10965 
10966   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
10967   PopDeclContext();
10968 
10969   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10970       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10971     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
10972 
10973   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
10974   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
10975     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
10976 }
10977 
10978 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
10979   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
10980   PopDeclContext();
10981 }
10982 
10983 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10984   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
10985   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
10986   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
10987 }
10988 
10989 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10990   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
10991   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
10992 }
10993 
10994 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10995   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10996   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10997   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
10998 
10999   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11000   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11001     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11002       RD->completeDefinition();
11003   }
11004 
11005   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11006   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11007   // the FieldCollector.
11008 
11009   PopDeclContext();
11010 }
11011 
11012 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11013 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11014                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11015                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11016                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11017   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11018   if (ZeroWidth)
11019     *ZeroWidth = true;
11020 
11021   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11022   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11023   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11024     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11025     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11026       return ExprError();
11027     if (FieldName)
11028       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11029         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11030     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11031       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11032   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11033                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11034     return ExprError();
11035 
11036   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11037   // it now.
11038   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11039     return Owned(BitWidth);
11040 
11041   llvm::APSInt Value;
11042   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11043   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11044     return ICE;
11045   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11046 
11047   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11048     *ZeroWidth = false;
11049 
11050   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11051   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11052     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11053 
11054   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11055     if (FieldName)
11056       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11057                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11058     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11059       << Value.toString(10);
11060   }
11061 
11062   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11063     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11064     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11065       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) {
11066         if (FieldName)
11067           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11068             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11069             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11070 
11071         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11072           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11073       }
11074 
11075       if (FieldName)
11076         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11077           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11078           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11079       else
11080         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11081           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11082     }
11083   }
11084 
11085   return Owned(BitWidth);
11086 }
11087 
11088 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11089 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11090 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11091                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11092   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11093                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11094                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11095   return Res;
11096 }
11097 
11098 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11099 ///
11100 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11101                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11102                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11103                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11104                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11105   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11106   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11107   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11108 
11109   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11110   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11111   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11112     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11113 
11114     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11115                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11116       D.setInvalidType();
11117       T = Context.IntTy;
11118       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11119     }
11120   }
11121 
11122   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11123   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11124     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11125     D.setInvalidType();
11126   }
11127 
11128   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11129   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11130   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11131     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11132     D.setInvalidType();
11133   }
11134 
11135   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11136 
11137   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11138     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11139          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11140       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11141 
11142   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11143   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11144   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11145   LookupName(Previous, S);
11146   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11147     case LookupResult::Found:
11148     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11149       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11150       break;
11151 
11152     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11153       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11154       break;
11155 
11156     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11157     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11158     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11159       break;
11160   }
11161   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11162 
11163   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11164     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11165     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11166     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11167     PrevDecl = 0;
11168   }
11169 
11170   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11171     PrevDecl = 0;
11172 
11173   bool Mutable
11174     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11175   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11176   FieldDecl *NewFD
11177     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11178                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11179 
11180   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11181     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11182 
11183   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11184     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11185 
11186   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11187     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11188     // with the same name in the same scope.
11189   } else if (II) {
11190     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11191   } else
11192     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11193 
11194   return NewFD;
11195 }
11196 
11197 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11198 ///
11199 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11200 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11201 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11202 /// created.
11203 ///
11204 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11205 ///
11206 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11207 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11208                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11209                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11210                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11211                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11212                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11213                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11214                                 Declarator *D) {
11215   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11216   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11217   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11218 
11219   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11220   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11221   if (T.isNull()) {
11222     InvalidDecl = true;
11223     T = Context.IntTy;
11224   }
11225 
11226   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11227   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11228     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11229       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11230       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11231       InvalidDecl = true;
11232     } else {
11233       NamedDecl *Def;
11234       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11235       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11236         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11237         InvalidDecl = true;
11238       }
11239     }
11240   }
11241 
11242   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11243   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11244     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11245     InvalidDecl = true;
11246   }
11247 
11248   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11249   // than a variably modified type.
11250   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11251     bool SizeIsNegative;
11252     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11253 
11254     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11255       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11256                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11257                                                     Oversized);
11258     if (FixedTInfo) {
11259       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11260       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11261       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11262     } else {
11263       if (SizeIsNegative)
11264         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11265       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11266         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11267           << Oversized.toString(10);
11268       else
11269         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11270       InvalidDecl = true;
11271     }
11272   }
11273 
11274   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11275   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11276                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11277                                              AbstractFieldType))
11278     InvalidDecl = true;
11279 
11280   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11281   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11282   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11283     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11284                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11285     if (!BitWidth) {
11286       InvalidDecl = true;
11287       BitWidth = 0;
11288       ZeroWidth = false;
11289     }
11290   }
11291 
11292   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11293   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11294     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11295     if (T->isReferenceType())
11296       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11297     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11298       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11299 
11300     if (DiagID) {
11301       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11302       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11303         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11304       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11305       Mutable = false;
11306       InvalidDecl = true;
11307     }
11308   }
11309 
11310   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11311                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11312   if (InvalidDecl)
11313     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11314 
11315   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11316     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11317     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11318     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11319   }
11320 
11321   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11322     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11323       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11324         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11325         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11326           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11327           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11328           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11329           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11330           // objects.
11331           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11332             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11333         }
11334       }
11335 
11336       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11337       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11338       // enabled.
11339       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11340         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11341                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11342                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11343           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11344         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11345           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11346       }
11347     }
11348   }
11349 
11350   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11351   // representation, not a parser representation.
11352   if (D) {
11353     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11354     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11355 
11356     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11357       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11358   }
11359 
11360   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11361   // retainable type.
11362   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11363     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11364 
11365   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11366     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11367 
11368   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11369   return NewFD;
11370 }
11371 
11372 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11373   assert(FD);
11374   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11375 
11376   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11377     return false;
11378 
11379   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11380   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11381     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11382     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11383       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11384       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11385       // copy constructors.
11386 
11387       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11388       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11389       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11390       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11391       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11392       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11393       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11394         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11395       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11396         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11397       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11398         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11399       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11400         member = CXXDestructor;
11401 
11402       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11403         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11404             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11405           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11406           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11407           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11408           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11409           // members unavailable.
11410           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11411           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11412             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11413               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
11414                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11415             return false;
11416           }
11417         }
11418 
11419         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11420                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11421                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11422           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11423         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11424         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11425       }
11426     }
11427   }
11428 
11429   return false;
11430 }
11431 
11432 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11433 ///  AST enum value.
11434 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11435 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11436   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11437   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11438   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11439   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11440   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11441   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11442   }
11443 }
11444 
11445 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11446 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11447 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11448                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11449                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11450                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11451 
11452   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11453   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11454   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11455   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11456 
11457   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11458   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11459 
11460   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11461   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11462 
11463   if (BitWidth) {
11464     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11465     BitWidth =
11466         VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct=*/false, BitWidth).take();
11467     if (!BitWidth)
11468       D.setInvalidType();
11469   } else {
11470     // Not a bitfield.
11471 
11472     // validate II.
11473 
11474   }
11475   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11476     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11477     D.setInvalidType();
11478   }
11479   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11480   // than a variably modified type.
11481   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11482     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11483     D.setInvalidType();
11484   }
11485 
11486   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11487   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11488     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11489                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11490   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11491   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11492   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11493     return 0;
11494   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11495   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11496       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11497     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11498     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11499       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11500       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11501     }
11502     else
11503       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11504   } else {
11505     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11506         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11507       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11508         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11509         return 0;
11510       }
11511     }
11512     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11513   }
11514 
11515   // Construct the decl.
11516   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11517                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11518                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11519 
11520   if (II) {
11521     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11522                                            ForRedeclaration);
11523     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11524         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11525       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11526       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11527       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11528     }
11529   }
11530 
11531   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11532   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11533 
11534   if (D.isInvalidType())
11535     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11536 
11537   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11538   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11539     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11540 
11541   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11542     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11543 
11544   if (II) {
11545     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11546     // these to the interface.
11547     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11548     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11549   }
11550 
11551   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11552       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11553     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11554 
11555   return NewID;
11556 }
11557 
11558 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11559 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11560 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11561 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11562 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11563                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11564   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11565     return;
11566 
11567   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11568   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11569 
11570   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11571     return;
11572   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11573   if (!ID) {
11574     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11575       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11576         return;
11577     }
11578     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11579     else
11580       return;
11581   }
11582   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11583   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11584   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11585 
11586   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11587                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11588                               Context.CharTy,
11589                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11590                                                                DeclLoc),
11591                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11592                               true);
11593   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11594 }
11595 
11596 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11597                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11598                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11599   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11600 
11601   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11602   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11603   // it will now change.
11604   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11605     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11606     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11607     default: break;
11608     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11609       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11610       break;
11611     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11612       Context.
11613         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11614       break;
11615     }
11616   }
11617 
11618   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11619 
11620   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11621   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11622   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11623   if (Record) {
11624     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11625                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11626       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11627         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11628           ++NumNamedMembers;
11629     }
11630   }
11631 
11632   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11633   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11634 
11635   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11636   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11637        i != end; ++i) {
11638     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11639 
11640     // Get the type for the field.
11641     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11642 
11643     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11644       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11645       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11646     }
11647 
11648     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11649     // diagnostics about it.
11650     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11651       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11652       continue;
11653     }
11654 
11655     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11656     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11657     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11658     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11659     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11660     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11661     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11662     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11663     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11664     //   array.
11665     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11666       // Field declared as a function.
11667       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11668         << FD->getDeclName();
11669       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11670       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11671       continue;
11672     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11673                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11674                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11675                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11676                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11677       // Flexible array member.
11678       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11679       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11680       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11681       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11682         if (Record->isUnion())
11683           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11684             << FD->getDeclName();
11685         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11686           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11687             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11688       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11689         if (Record->isUnion())
11690           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11691             << FD->getDeclName();
11692         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11693           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11694             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11695       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11696       if (Record->isUnion())
11697         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11698           << FD->getDeclName();
11699       else
11700         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11701           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11702       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11703         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11704           << FD->getDeclName();
11705         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11706         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11707         continue;
11708       }
11709       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11710           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11711         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11712           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11713         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11714         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11715         continue;
11716       }
11717       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11718       if (Record)
11719         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11720     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11721                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11722                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11723       // Incomplete type
11724       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11725       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11726       continue;
11727     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11728       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11729         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11730         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11731           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11732         } else {
11733           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11734           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11735           // structures.
11736           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11737             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11738               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11739           else {
11740             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11741             // other structs as an extension.
11742             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11743               << FD->getDeclName();
11744             if (Record)
11745               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11746           }
11747         }
11748       }
11749       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11750           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11751                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11752                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11753         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11754         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11755       }
11756       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11757         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11758       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11759         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11760     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11761       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11762       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11763         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11764       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11765       FD->setType(T);
11766     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11767                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11768       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11769       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11770       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11771       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11772       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11773       QualType T = FD->getType();
11774       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11775       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11776         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11777         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11778           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11779             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11780                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11781           }
11782         } else {
11783           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11784             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11785         }
11786         ARCErrReported = true;
11787       }
11788     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11789                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11790                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11791       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11792           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11793         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11794       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11795         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11796         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11797             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11798           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11799         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11800                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11801                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11802       }
11803     }
11804     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11805       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11806     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11807     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11808       ++NumNamedMembers;
11809   }
11810 
11811   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11812   if (Record) {
11813     bool Completed = false;
11814     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11815       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11816         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11817         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11818                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11819                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11820           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11821 
11822         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11823           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11824             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11825             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11826               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11827                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11828 
11829             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11830             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11831             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11832             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11833               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11834           }
11835 
11836           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11837           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11838 
11839           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11840           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11841           // problem now.
11842           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11843             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11844             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11845 
11846             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11847                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11848                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11849               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11850                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11851                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11852                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11853                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11854                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11855                   continue;
11856 
11857                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11858                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11859                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11860                 //   program is ill-formed.
11861                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11862                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11863                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11864                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11865                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11866                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11867                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11868                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11869                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11870                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11871 
11872                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11873               }
11874             }
11875             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
11876             Completed = true;
11877           }
11878         }
11879       }
11880     }
11881 
11882     if (!Completed)
11883       Record->completeDefinition();
11884 
11885     if (Record->hasAttrs())
11886       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
11887 
11888     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
11889     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11890       bool ZeroSize = true;
11891       bool IsEmpty = true;
11892       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
11893       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
11894                                       E = Record->field_end();
11895            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
11896         IsEmpty = false;
11897         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
11898           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
11899             ZeroSize = false;
11900         } else {
11901           ++NonBitFields;
11902           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
11903           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
11904               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
11905             ZeroSize = false;
11906         }
11907       }
11908 
11909       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
11910       // C++.
11911       if (ZeroSize)
11912         Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty
11913             << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
11914 
11915       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
11916       // are accepted by GCC.
11917       if (NonBitFields == 0) {
11918         if (IsEmpty)
11919           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11920         else
11921           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11922       }
11923     }
11924   } else {
11925     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
11926       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
11927     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11928       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
11929       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
11930       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11931         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
11932         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11933       }
11934       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
11935       // duplicates.
11936       if (ID->getSuperClass())
11937         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
11938     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11939                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11940       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
11941       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
11942         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
11943         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
11944         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
11945       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
11946       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11947       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11948     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11949                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11950       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
11951       // reported as errors elsewhere.
11952       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
11953       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
11954       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
11955       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
11956       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
11957       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11958         if (IDecl) {
11959           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
11960               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11961             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11962                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11963             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11964             continue;
11965           }
11966           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
11967                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
11968                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
11969                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
11970             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
11971                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11972               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11973                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11974               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11975               continue;
11976             }
11977           }
11978         }
11979         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
11980         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11981       }
11982       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11983       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11984     }
11985   }
11986 
11987   if (Attr)
11988     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
11989 }
11990 
11991 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
11992 /// the given type T.
11993 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
11994                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
11995                                         QualType T) {
11996   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11997   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
11998 
11999   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12000     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12001       --BitWidth;
12002     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12003   }
12004   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12005 }
12006 
12007 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12008 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12009 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12010   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12011   // enum checking below.
12012   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12013   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12014   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12015     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12016   };
12017   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12018     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12019     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12020   };
12021 
12022   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12023   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12024                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12025   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12026     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12027       return Types[I];
12028 
12029   return QualType();
12030 }
12031 
12032 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12033                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12034                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12035                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12036                                           Expr *Val) {
12037   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12038   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12039   QualType EltTy;
12040 
12041   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12042     Val = 0;
12043 
12044   if (Val)
12045     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12046 
12047   if (Val) {
12048     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12049       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12050     else {
12051       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12052       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12053           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12054         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12055         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12056         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12057         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12058         ExprResult Converted =
12059           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12060                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12061         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12062           Val = 0;
12063         else
12064           Val = Converted.take();
12065       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12066                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12067                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12068         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12069       } else {
12070         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12071           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12072 
12073           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12074           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12075           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12076           // expression checking.
12077           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12078             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12079               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12080               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12081             } else
12082               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12083           } else
12084             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12085         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12086           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12087           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12088           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12089           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12090           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12091           EltTy = Val->getType();
12092         } else {
12093           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12094           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12095           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12096           //   representable as an int.
12097 
12098           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12099           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12100             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12101               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12102               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12103           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12104             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12105             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12106           }
12107           EltTy = Val->getType();
12108         }
12109       }
12110     }
12111   }
12112 
12113   if (!Val) {
12114     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12115       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12116     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12117       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12118       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12119       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12120       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12121       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12122       //
12123       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12124       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12125       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12126         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12127       }
12128       else {
12129         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12130       }
12131     } else {
12132       // Assign the last value + 1.
12133       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12134       ++EnumVal;
12135       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12136 
12137       // Check for overflow on increment.
12138       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12139         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12140         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12141         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12142         //
12143         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12144         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12145         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12146         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12147         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12148         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12149         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12150         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12151           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12152           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12153           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12154           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12155           ++EnumVal;
12156           if (Enum->isFixed())
12157             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12158             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12159               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12160               << EltTy;
12161           else
12162             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12163               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12164         } else {
12165           EltTy = T;
12166         }
12167 
12168         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12169         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12170         // value, then increment.
12171         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12172         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12173         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12174         ++EnumVal;
12175 
12176         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12177         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12178         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12179         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12180         // integral type.
12181         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12182           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12183       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12184                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12185         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12186         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12187           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12188       }
12189     }
12190   }
12191 
12192   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12193     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12194     // enumerator's type.
12195     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12196     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12197   }
12198 
12199   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12200                                   Val, EnumVal);
12201 }
12202 
12203 
12204 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12205                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12206                               AttributeList *Attr,
12207                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12208   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12209   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12210     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12211 
12212   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12213   // we find one that is.
12214   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12215 
12216   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12217   // scope.
12218   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12219                                          ForRedeclaration);
12220   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12221     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12222     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12223     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12224     PrevDecl = 0;
12225   }
12226 
12227   if (PrevDecl) {
12228     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12229     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12230     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12231            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12232     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12233       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12234         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12235       else
12236         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12237       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12238       return 0;
12239     }
12240   }
12241 
12242   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12243   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12244   // different from T:
12245   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12246   // enumerated type
12247   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12248                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12249                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12250     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12251         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12252       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12253 
12254   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12255     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12256 
12257   if (New) {
12258     // Process attributes.
12259     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12260 
12261     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12262     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12263     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12264   }
12265 
12266   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12267 
12268   return New;
12269 }
12270 
12271 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12272 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12273 // Element2 = Element1
12274 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12275 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12276 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12277 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12278   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12279   if (!InitExpr)
12280     return true;
12281   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12282 
12283   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12284     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12285       return true;
12286     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12287     if (!IL)
12288       return true;
12289     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12290       return true;
12291 
12292     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12293   }
12294 
12295   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12296   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12297   if (!DRE)
12298     return true;
12299 
12300   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12301   if (!EnumConstant)
12302     return true;
12303 
12304   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12305       Enum)
12306     return true;
12307 
12308   return false;
12309 }
12310 
12311 struct DupKey {
12312   int64_t val;
12313   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12314   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12315     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12316 };
12317 
12318 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12319   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12320                 false);
12321 }
12322 
12323 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12324   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12325   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12326   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12327     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12328   }
12329   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12330     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12331            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12332   }
12333 };
12334 
12335 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12336 // a previous element has already been set to.
12337 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12338                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12339                                         QualType EnumType) {
12340   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12341                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12342       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12343     return;
12344   // Avoid anonymous enums
12345   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12346     return;
12347 
12348   // Only check for small enums.
12349   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12350     return;
12351 
12352   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12353   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12354 
12355   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12356   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12357           ValueToVectorMap;
12358 
12359   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12360   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12361 
12362   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12363   // an initialier.
12364   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12365     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12366 
12367     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12368     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12369     if (!ECD) {
12370       return;
12371     }
12372 
12373     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12374       continue;
12375 
12376     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12377     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12378 
12379     // First time encountering this value.
12380     if (Entry.isNull())
12381       Entry = ECD;
12382   }
12383 
12384   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12385   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12386     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12387     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12388       continue;
12389 
12390     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12391 
12392     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12393     if (Entry.isNull())
12394       continue;
12395 
12396     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12397       // Ensure constants are different.
12398       if (D == ECD)
12399         continue;
12400 
12401       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12402       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12403       Vec->push_back(D);
12404       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12405 
12406       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12407       Entry = Vec;
12408 
12409       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12410       // diagnostics.
12411       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12412       continue;
12413     }
12414 
12415     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12416     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12417     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12418       continue;
12419 
12420     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12421   }
12422 
12423   // Emit diagnostics.
12424   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12425                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12426        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12427     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12428     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12429 
12430     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12431     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12432     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12433       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12434       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12435     ++I;
12436 
12437     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12438     // the same value.
12439     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12440       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12441         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12442         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12443     delete Vec;
12444   }
12445 }
12446 
12447 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12448                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12449                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12450                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12451   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12452   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12453 
12454   if (Attr)
12455     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12456 
12457   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12458     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12459       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12460         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12461       if (!ECD) continue;
12462 
12463       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12464     }
12465 
12466     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12467     return;
12468   }
12469 
12470   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12471   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12472   // emit a warning.
12473   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12474   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12475   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12476 
12477   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12478   // reverse the list.
12479   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12480   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12481 
12482   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12483   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12484 
12485   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12486     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12487       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12488     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12489 
12490     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12491 
12492     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12493     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12494       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12495                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12496     else
12497       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12498                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12499 
12500     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12501     if (AllElementsInt)
12502       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12503   }
12504 
12505   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12506   QualType BestType;
12507   unsigned BestWidth;
12508 
12509   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12510   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12511   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12512   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12513   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12514   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12515   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12516   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12517   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12518   QualType BestPromotionType;
12519 
12520   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
12521   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12522   // enum definitions.
12523   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12524     Packed = true;
12525 
12526   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12527     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12528     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12529       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12530     else
12531       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12532     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12533     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12534     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12535     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12536   }
12537   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12538     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12539     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12540     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12541     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12542       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12543       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12544     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12545                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12546       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12547       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12548     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12549       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12550       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12551     } else {
12552       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12553 
12554       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12555         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12556       } else {
12557         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12558 
12559         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12560           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12561         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12562       }
12563     }
12564     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12565   } else {
12566     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12567     // all of the enumerator values.
12568     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12569     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12570       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12571       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12572       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12573     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12574       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12575       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12576       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12577     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12578       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12579       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12580       BestPromotionType
12581         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12582                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12583     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12584                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12585       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12586       BestPromotionType
12587         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12588                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12589     } else {
12590       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12591       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12592              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12593       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12594       BestPromotionType
12595         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12596                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12597     }
12598   }
12599 
12600   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12601   // the type of the enum if needed.
12602   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12603     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12604     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12605 
12606     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12607     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12608     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12609     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12610     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12611 
12612     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12613     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12614 
12615     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12616     // the enum decl type.
12617     QualType NewTy;
12618     unsigned NewWidth;
12619     bool NewSign;
12620     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12621         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12622         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12623       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12624       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12625       NewSign = true;
12626     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12627       // Already the right type!
12628       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12629         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12630         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12631         // enumeration.
12632         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12633       continue;
12634     } else {
12635       NewTy = BestType;
12636       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12637       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12638     }
12639 
12640     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12641     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12642     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12643     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12644 
12645     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12646     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12647         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12648       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12649                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12650                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12651                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12652                                                 VK_RValue));
12653     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12654       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12655       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12656       // enumeration.
12657       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12658     else
12659       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12660   }
12661 
12662   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12663                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12664 
12665   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12666   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12667   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12668     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12669 
12670   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12671 
12672   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12673   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12674     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12675 }
12676 
12677 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12678                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12679                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12680   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12681 
12682   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12683                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12684                                                    EndLoc);
12685   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12686   return New;
12687 }
12688 
12689 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12690                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12691                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12692   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12693                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12694                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12695   if (!Mod)
12696     return true;
12697 
12698   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12699   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12700   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12701     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12702     // We need the length to be consistent.
12703     if (!ModCheck)
12704       break;
12705     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12706 
12707     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12708   }
12709 
12710   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12711                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12712                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12713                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12714   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12715   return Import;
12716 }
12717 
12718 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12719   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12720   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12721   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12722                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12723   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12724   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12725 
12726   // Make the module visible.
12727   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12728                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12729 }
12730 
12731 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12732                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12733                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12734                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12735                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12736   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12737                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12738   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12739      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12740 
12741   if (PrevDecl)
12742     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12743   else
12744     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12745       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12746 }
12747 
12748 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12749                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12750                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12751   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12752 
12753   if (PrevDecl) {
12754     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12755   } else {
12756     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12757       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12758         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12759   }
12760 }
12761 
12762 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12763                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12764                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12765                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12766                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12767   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12768                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12769   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12770 
12771   if (PrevDecl) {
12772     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12773       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12774         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12775   } else {
12776     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12777       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12778   }
12779 }
12780 
12781 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12782   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12783 }
12784 
12785 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12786   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12787   return D->getAvailability();
12788 }
12789